Front-Entry Wiring Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks, TOPJOB® S
Transcription
Front-Entry Wiring Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks, TOPJOB® S
S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks, TOPJOB® S Front-Entry Wiring 5 Through, Ground Conductor, Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 0.14 mm² to 16 (25 “f-st”) mm² (24–4 AWG) 2000 – 2016 Series Page 10 Multilevel Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm² (16 AWG) and 2.5 (4) mm² (12 AWG) 2000/2002 Series 24 Disconnect/Test/Fuse Terminal Blocks and Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG) 2002 Series 42 Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder 0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG) 2002 Series 50 Disconnect, Ground Conductor Disconnect Terminal Blocks and Fuse Terminal Blocks 0.5 mm² to 6 (10) mm² (20–8 AWG) 2006 Series 60 Disconnect/Test Terminal Blocks for Current and Voltage Transformer Circuits 0.5 mm² to 6 (10) mm² (20–8 AWG) 2007 Series 72 Fuse Plugs on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2004/2006 Series 76 Diode and LED Terminal Blocks 0.25 mm² to 4 (6) mm² (22–10 AWG) 2001/2002/2004 Series 80 Multilevel Diode and LED Terminal Blocks 0.25 mm² to 2.5 (4) mm² (22–12 AWG) 2002 Series 86 Diode, LED Modules and Empty Component Plug Housings 2002 Series 90 Accessories for TOPJOB® S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks – Banana Plugs – Marking Accessories – Various Jumpers – Step-Down Jumpers for Through Terminal Blocks – Connectors and Connector Strips 1 2001 – 2016 Series 292 108 101 23 96 1 1 6 CAGE CLAMP®S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks 2000 to 2016 Series Simply push-in Conductor termination Insulation stop Directly insert solid and ferruled conductors. Terminating fine-stranded conductors using an operating tool. Conductor termination – Insulation stop. Simply jumpered CAGE CLAMP® S for all conductor types Insert push-in type jumper bar and push down firmly until it hits the backstop. Customizable push-in type jumper bars Breaking off jumper contacts (2000, 2001, 2002, 2004 Series) Customizable push-in type jumper bars Marking a customized push-in type jumper bar using a felt-tip pen. Step-down jumpers Star point jumpers Commoning with step-down jumpers. Star point jumpers designed for ‘Y‘ configuration CAGE CLAMP®S clamps the following copper conductors:* solid * For aluminum conductors, see notes in Section 14. stranded fine-stranded, also with tinned single strands S – Description and Handling – TOPJOB®S connectors Simply smaller 1 7 Testing tap 1 Up to 30% more compact. Advantage: More wiring space or smaller switch cabinets/junction boxes. TOPJOB® S Connectors for the 2001 to 2016 Series can be easily inserted into jumper slots to provide an additional power tap. Testing tap suited for 2000 to 2016 Series terminal blocks. Tool-free connections for individual test wires up to 2.5 mm²/AWG 12. Test plug adapter The test plug adapter for 4 mm Ø plugs is suited for 2000 to 2016 Series terminal blocks. Simply marked Marker strips for center marking Wire jumpers Marking Marking Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted. Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring. WMB Inline WMB markers on roll TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot fine-stranded, tip-bonded fine-stranded, with ferrule (gastight crimped) fine-stranded, with pin terminal (gastight crimped) 1 8 – Simply Push-In – Conductor Termination/Removal Handling Ex e/Ex i Separators S Tool-Free Terminations Stripped solid, ferruled or ultrasonically “bonded” conductors are easily terminated by simply pushing them into a contact. This advantage significantly reduces costs for conductors rated 0.5 mm² to 16 mm² (AWG 20-4) in applications such as electrical installations or factory wiring. Stranded conductors with ferrules from at least two sizes below the rated cross section up to the rated cross section can also be simply pushed in – without tools. Conductor termination – Push-in connection Solid conductors with cross sections from either one size above, or up to two sizes below, the rated cross section can be inserted directly – without tools. TOPJOB® S features universal CAGE CLAMP® S connection technology for all conductor types. Conductor termination with operating tool Connecting fine-stranded conductors without ferrules, or small cross-sectional conductors that cannot be pushed in, is performed similarly to the original CAGE CLAMP® - just use an operating tool. The smart feature: To open the clamp, the operating tool is inserted vertically. The conductor entry is less than 15 degrees resulting in easier wiring. Conductor removal Like the original CAGE CLAMP® an operating tool is used for conductor removal with CAGE CLAMP®S. Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications An end plate must be applied to the terminal block located directly behind an Ex e/Ex i separator plate. Ex e II/Ex i terminal strip Notice: The movable feet of terminal blocks and separator plates must face the same direction. Separator located between Ex e II and Ex i terminal strip ! End plate " Ex e II terminal blocks ? Ex e/Ex i separator plate $ End plate % Ex i terminal blocks According to EN 50020, a minimum distance of 50 mm must be kept between live parts of Ex e and Ex i circuits. The use of Ex e/Ex i separators is a space-saving solution when Ex e and Ex i terminal blocks are mounted on a common carrier rail. – Simply Jumpered – Handling Push-In Type Jumper Bars Angle-Type Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks 1 9 1 The push-in type jumper system is based on the common plug and socket principle. Each terminal block is spring-loaded with a double socket and a resilient CrNi steel spring. Therefore the jumpers, which consist of cathode copper, can be produced with particularly small dimensions. This does not impair their load carrying capacity in accordance with the terminal block rated current. Ground terminal blocks can also be commoned using the same jumper system. Custom jumpers are created by breaking and removing jumper contacts (2000, 2001, 2002, 2004 Series). The smart feature: Jumper slots can also be used for: · push-in type jumper bars and step-down jumpers · test plug adapters and testing taps · preharnessed plugs for subassembly connections. Push-in type jumper bars 800 V 600 V U 550 V 4 Push-in type jumper bar Breaking off jumper contacts (picture shows pin 3) 500 V 300 V U Push-in type jumper bar Marking a customized push-in type jumper bar using a felttip pen. Removal of push-in type jumper bar Insert the operating tool between the jumper and the partition wall of the dual jumper slots. Place the operating tool in the center of jumpers up to 5 contacts (see above), or alternately on both sides for jumpers with more than 5 contacts. With continuous terminal strips an end plate must be used when changing from 3- to 4-conductor terminal blocks. 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 10 AU 600 V, 10 A2 IN 13.5 A (18 A) 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 10 AU 600 V, 10 A2 IN 13.5 A (18 A) Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 19,9mm/0.78in 48,5 mm/1.91 in Item No. 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 10 AU 600 V, 10 A2 IN 13.5 A (18 A) 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 10 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor/Ex and Double-Potential Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm², 2000 Series 29,6 mm/1.17 in 58,2 mm/2.29 in Pack. Unit Item No. 29,6 mm/1.17 in 67,9 mm/2.67 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2000-1201 5 100 gray 4 2000-1204 4 5 100 blue 4 2000-1202 5 100 orange 4 100 2000-1203 5 red 4 2000-1205 5 100 black 4 100 2000-1206 5 yellow 4 3-conductor through terminal block 100 2000-1301 5 gray 4 2000-1304 4 5 100 blue 4 2000-1302 5 100 orange 4 100 2000-1303 5 red 4 2000-1305 5 100 black 4 100 2000-1306 5 yellow 4 4-conductor through terminal block 100 2000-1401 5 gray 4 2000-1404 4 5 100 blue 4 100 2000-1402 5 orange 4 2000-1403 5 100 red 4 100 2000-1405 5 black 4 2000-1406 5 100 yellow 4 2-conductor ground terminal block 2000-1207 5 green-yellow 4 3-conductor ground terminal block 2000-1307 5 green-yellow 4 4-conductor ground terminal block 2000-1407 5 green-yellow 4 100 Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick 2000-1292 orange 2000-1291 gray Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 209-190 90 mm 209-191 120 mm 100 Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick 2000-1392 orange 2000-1391 gray Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) 100 Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick 2000-1492 orange 2000-1491 gray Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2000 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 6 IN 14 A, light gray 2-way 2000-402 3-way 2000-403 4-way 2000-404 5-way 2000-405 6-way 2000-406 7-way 2000-407 8-way 2000-408 9-way 2000-409 10-way 2000-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 14 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2000-433 from 1 to 4 2000-434 from 1 to 5 2000-435 from 1 to 6 2000-436 from 1 to 7 2000-437 from 1 to 8 2000-438 from 1 to 9 2000-439 from 1 to 10 2000-440 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2000-115 100 (4x25) Delta jumper, insulated, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 1-2 3-4 5-6 2000-406/020-000 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2000-405/011-000 1-3-5 100 (4x25) Push-in type wire jumper, 6 insulated, IN 16 A, wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-402 100 (10x10) L = 60 mm L = 110 mm 2009-404 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-406 100 (10x10) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Test plug adapter, (4x25) for 4 mm Ø test plug (4x25) gray 2009-174 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 50 Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 50 Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø yellow 210-137 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 100 (4x25) for 3.5 mm terminal block width plain 793-3501 50 1 5 S 1 11 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (18 A) 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s” and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm² “insulated ferrule, 10 mm” Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 32,5 mm/1.28 in 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 13 A Jumper 12 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Star point jumper, page 103 Delta jumper, page 103 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 47,6 mm/1.87 in 85,9 mm/3.38 in Double-potential terminal block, both potentials can be commoned gray 2000-2141 Pack. Unit 50 32,5 mm/1.28 in Item No. 47,6 mm/1.87 in 85,9 mm/3.38 in ® Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick orange 2000-2196 gray 2000-2195 TOPJOB S group marker carrier equipped with WMB Multi marking system. Suitable for all 2000 to 2016 Series TOPJOB®S rail-mount terminal blocks Do not use on an end plate! Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers. Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one insulated housing on one level in just 3.5 mm. This achieves a width of just 1.75 mm/0.069 in versus standard through terminal blocks. Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output. Standard and quick marking options: Three marker slots are available for both individual markers and marking strips. Standard and fast marking options: Four marker slots (double-potential terminal blocks) are available for both individual markers and marking strips 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 15 AU 600 V, 15 A2 IN 18 A (24 A) 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 15 AU 600 V, 15 A2 IN 18 A (24 A) Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 19,9mm/0.78in 48,5 mm/1.91 in Item No. 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 15 AU 600 V, 15 A2 IN 18 A (24 A) 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 12 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm² 2001 Series 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Pack. Unit Item No. 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2001-1201 5 gray 4 2001-1204 4 5 blue 4 2001-1202 5 orange 4 2001-1203 5 red 4 2001-1205 5 black 4 2001-1206 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 3-conductor through terminal block 2001-1301 5 gray 4 2001-1304 4 5 blue 4 2001-1302 5 orange 4 2001-1303 5 red 4 2001-1305 5 black 4 2001-1306 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 4-conductor through terminal block 2001-1401 5 gray 4 2001-1404 4 5 blue 4 2001-1402 5 orange 4 2001-1403 5 red 4 2001-1405 5 black 4 2001-1406 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 2-conductor ground terminal block 2001-1207 5 green-yellow 4 100 3-conductor ground terminal block 2001-1307 5 green-yellow 4 100 4-conductor ground terminal block 2001-1407 5 green-yellow 4 100 4-conductor shield terminal block 2001-1408 white 100 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2001-1211/1000-411 Page 80 Diode 2001-1311/1000-411 Page 80 Diode 2001-1411/1000-411 Page 80 Diode 2001-1321/1000-434 Page 80 LED 2001-1421/1000-434 Page 80 LED 2001-1441 Double-potential Page 13 Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1292 orange 2002-1291 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1392 orange 2002-1391 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1492 orange 2002-1491 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1294 orange 2002-1293 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1394 orange 2002-1393 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1494 orange 2002-1493 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 209-190 90 mm 209-191 120 mm Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 209-191 50 (2x25) 120 mm 50 (2x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) 2001 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray 200 (8x25) 2001-402 2-way 2001-403 3-way 2001-404 4-way 2001-405 50 (2x25) 5-way 2001-406 6-way 2001-407 Protective warning marker, 7-way 2001-408 with high-voltage symbol, black, 8-way 2001-409 for 5 terminal blocks 9-way 2001-115 100 (4x25) 2001-410 10-way yellow Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2001-171 light gray Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 IN 32 A light gray 2006-499 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2001-433 from 1 to 4 2001-434 from 1 to 5 2001-435 from 1 to 6 2001-436 from 1 to 7 2001-437 from 1 to 8 2001-438 from 1 to 9 2001-439 from 1 to 10 2001-440 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-Potential Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm² 2001 Series S 1 13 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 17 A Jumper 16 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Step-down jumper, page 23 Star point jumper, page 103 Delta jumper, page 103 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 2001 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips 37,4 mm/ 1.48 in (see Section 13) 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Double-potential terminal block with double marker slot centered on terminal block gray 2001-1441 Packing unit: 100 pcs Notice: This double-potential terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers. Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one insulated housing on one level in just 4.2 mm. This achieves a width of just 2.1 mm/0.083 in versus standard through terminal blocks. Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output. For technical data and accessories, see www.wagocatalog.com WMB Inline, plain, Delta jumper, insulated, 6 stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm, IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll 1-2 3-4 5-6 2001-406/020-000 white 1 100 (4x25) 2009-114 Star point jumper, insulated, WMB Multi marking system, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 1-3-5 stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm 2001-405/011-000 plain 100 (4x25) 5 793-4501 WMB Multi marking system, plain, Push-in type wire jumper, 6 10 strips with 10 markers per card, insulated, stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm IN 16 A, wire size 1.5 mm² yellow 793-4501/000-002 red L = 60 mm 793-4501/000-005 2009-412 100 (10x10) blue L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 793-4501/000-006 gray L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 793-4501/000-007 orange 793-4501/000-012 Modular TOPJOB®S connector, light green 793-4501/000-017 6 can be snapped together, green 793-4501/000-023 for jumper contact slot violet 793-4501/000-024 gray 5 2001-511 100 (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, Marking strip, plain, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal 11 mm wide, blocks 50 m roll gray white 1 2009-110 2001-549 100 (4x25) Screwless end stop, End plate, for DIN 35 rail, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick 6 mm wide gray gray 100 (4x25) 2002-541 100 (4x25) 249-116 Screwless end stop, Test plug adapter, for DIN 35 rail, for 4 mm Ø test plug 10 mm wide gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) gray 50 (2x25) 249-117 Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 50 215-111 Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 50 with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø yellow 210-137 50 Test plug, 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (32 A) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (32 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 19,9mm/0.78in 48,5 mm/1.91 in Item No. 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (32 A) 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 14 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Pack. Unit Item No. 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2002-1201 5 gray 4 2002-1204 4 5 blue 4 2002-1202 5 orange 4 2002-1203 5 red 4 2002-1205 5 black 4 2002-1206 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 3-conductor through terminal block 2002-1301 5 gray 4 2002-1304 4 5 blue 4 2002-1302 5 orange 4 2002-1303 5 red 4 2002-1305 5 black 4 2002-1306 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 4-conductor through terminal block 2002-1401 5 gray 4 2002-1404 4 5 blue 4 2002-1402 5 orange 4 2002-1403 5 red 4 2002-1405 5 black 4 2002-1406 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 2-conductor ground terminal block 2002-1207 5 green-yellow 4 100 3-conductor ground terminal block 2002-1307 5 green-yellow 4 100 4-conductor ground terminal block 2002-1407 5 green-yellow 4 100 3-conductor shield terminal block 2002-1308 white 100 4-conductor shield terminal block 2002-1408 white 100 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1211/1000-411 Page 82 Diode 2002-1311/1000-411 Page 82 Diode 2002-1411/1000-411 Page 82 Diode 2002-1321/1000-434 Page 82 LED 2002-1421/1000-434 Page 82 LED 2002-1441 Double-potential Page 15 Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1292 orange 2002-1291 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1392 orange 2002-1391 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-1492 orange 2002-1491 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1294 orange 2002-1293 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1394 orange 2002-1393 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2002-1494 orange 2002-1493 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 209-190 90 mm 209-191 120 mm Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Insulation stop, 6 IN 25 A, 5 pcs/strip, light gray 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 2002-402 2-way light gray 2002-403 Insulation stop, 3-way 2002-404 5 pcs/strip, 4-way 2002-405 0.75 - 1 mm² 5-way 2002-406 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray 6-way 2002-407 Protective warning marker, 7-way 2002-408 with high-voltage symbol, black, 8-way 2002-409 for 5 terminal blocks 9-way 2002-410 yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) 10-way Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-Potential Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series Accessories for Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks S 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 22 A Jumper 20 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Delta jumper, page 103 Star point jumper, page 103 Step-down jumper, page 23 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Marker carrier, page 109 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline 37,4 mm/ 1.48 in (see Section 13) 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Double-potential terminal block with double marker slot centered on terminal block gray 2002-1441 Packing unit: 100 pcs Notice: This double-potential terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! Double-potential terminal blocks are space savers. Two independent feedthrough circuits are placed in one insulated housing on one level in just 5.2 mm. This achieves a width of just 2.6 mm/0.103 in versus standard through terminal blocks. Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can be individually marked according to input and output. For technical data and accessories, see www.wagocatalog.com Staggered jumper, 6 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 11-way 12-way Push-in type wire jumper, 6 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² L = 60 mm 2002-472 100 (4x25) 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 2002-473 100 (4x25) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 2002-474 100 (4x25) 2002-475 50 (2x25) 2002-476 50 (2x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector, can be snapped together, 2002-477 50 (2x25) 6 for jumper contact slot 2002-478 50 (2x25) gray 2002-511 100 (4x25) 2002-479 50 (2x25) 2002-480 50 (2x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal 2002-481 50 (2x25) blocks 2002-482 50 (2x25) gray 2002-549 100 (4x25) Customized staggered jumper, End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, insulated, 1.5 mm thick IN 25 A, light gray gray 2002-541 100 (4x25) 1-3 Test plug adapter, 2002-473/011-000 for 4 mm Ø test plug 100 (4x25) 1-3-5 gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) 2002-475/011-000 1-3-5-7 2002-477/011-000 Testing tap, 1-3-5-7-9 2002-479/011-000 1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000 for max. 2.5 mm² gray 50 (2x25) 2009-182 100 (4x25) Delta jumper, insulated, TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, 6 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray can be snapped together 1-2 3-4 5-6 gray 2002-406/020-000 2002-611 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, TOPJOB®S L-type spacer module, can be snapped 6 together,e.g., for bridging commoned terIN = IN terminal block, light gray minal blocks 1-3-5 2002-405/011-000 gray 100 (4x25) 2002-649 100 (4x25) End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S test plugs, Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 1.5 mm thick IN 32 A light gray 50 (2x25) 2006-499 gray 2002-641 100 (4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, Marker carrier, 6 6 for jumper slots 2002 Series, IN 25 A, light gray 5 mm wide gray 2-way 2002-161 100 (4x25) 2002-400 100 (4x25) WMB Multi marking system, WMB Inline, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll plain white 5 793-5501 1 2009-115 1 15 1 16 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (32 A) “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 22 A Jumper 20 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Delta jumper, page 104 Star point jumper, page 101 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Marker carrier, page 109 38,9 mm/1.53 in 1 TOPJOB® S S Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² 26,1mm/1.03in 51,6 mm/2.03 in Item No. Pack. Unit 3-conductor through terminal block 2002-6301 5 gray 4 2002-6304 4 5 blue 4 2002-6302 5 orange 4 2002-6303 5 red 4 2002-6305 5 black 4 2002-6306 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 3-conductor ground terminal block 2002-6307 5 green-yellow 4 100 3-conductor shield terminal block 2002-6308 white 100 2002 Series Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-6392 100 (4x25) orange 2002-6391 100 (4x25) gray Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 3 mm thick 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) light gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 6 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) 6-way 2002-407 100 (4x25) 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) 9-way 2002-410 100 (4x25) 10-way Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, 6 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-433 from 1 to 3 2002-434 from 1 to 4 2002-435 from 1 to 5 2002-436 from 1 to 6 2002-437 from 1 to 7 2002-438 from 1 to 8 2002-439 from 1 to 9 from 1 to 10 2002-440 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Protective warning marker, (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) Delta jumper, insulated, Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 6 6 can be snapped together, IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2002-406/020-000 for jumper contact slot 1-2 3-4 5-6 100 (4x25) 2002-511 100 (4x25) gray TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, Star point jumper, insulated, 6 6 can be snapped together IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2002-405/011-000 2002-611 100 (4x25) gray 1-3-5 100 (4x25) Staggered jumper, Test plug adapter, 6 insulated, for 4 mm Ø test plug IN 25 A, 2009-174 100 (4x25) gray light gray 2-way 2002-472 100 (4x25) Testing tap, 3-way 2002-473 100 (4x25) for max. 2.5 mm² 4-way 2002-474 100 (4x25) 2009-182 100 (4x25) gray 50 (2x25) 5-way 2002-475 50 (2x25) WMB Inline, plain, 6-way 2002-476 50 (2x25) 7-way 2002-477 stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 50 (2x25) 8-way 2002-478 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 1 50 (2x25) 9-way 2009-115 2002-479 white 50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10-way 2002-480 50 (2x25) 11-way 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 2002-481 50 (2x25) 12-way stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 2002-482 5 793-5501 plain Customized staggered jumper, Marking strip, plain, insulated, 11 mm wide, IN 25 A, 50 m roll 1 light gray 2009-110 white 1-3 2002-473/011-000 TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, 100 (4x25) snap-on type for jumper slot, 1-3-5 2002-475/011-000 5 mm wide 50 (2x25) 1-3-5-7 2009-191 2002-477/011-000 gray Marker carrier, 1-3-5-7-9 2002-479/011-000 6 for jumper slots 2002 Series, 1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000 50 (2x25) 5 mm wide gray 2002-161 100 (4x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 Push-in type wire jumper, 6 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 60 mm L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 1 17 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (32 A) 1 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 38,9 mm/1.53 in 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 22 A Jumper 20 A (see Section 14) 26,1mm/1.03in 51,6 mm/2.03 in Item No. S 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block 2002-6401 5 gray 4 2002-6404 4 5 blue 4 2002-6402 5 orange 4 2002-6403 5 red 4 2002-6405 5 black 4 2002-6406 5 yellow 4 100 100 100 100 100 100 4-conductor ground terminal block 2002-6407 5 green-yellow 4 100 Notice: These terminal blocks cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars. 3- and 4-conductor terminal blocks of angled type The TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal blocks have a 35-degree conductor entry angle permitting a very small bend radius and an extremely short wiring distance to the cable duct. For applications in switchgear and control cabinets using the LSC wiring system from Lütze, e.g., these terminal blocks are a space- and cost-saving solution. This allows the cable duct to be placed very close to the terminal blocks, keeping its height relatively low. 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) WMB Multi marking system, End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 10 strips with 10 markers per card, orange 2002-6392 100 (4x25) stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm gray 2002-6391 100 (4x25) plain 5 793-5501 WMB Multi marking system, plain, Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 3 mm thick stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 50 (2x25) 120 mm 209-191 yellow 793-5501/000-002 red Insulation stop, 793-5501/000-005 blue 5 pcs/strip, 793-5501/000-006 gray 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 793-5501/000-007 orange light gray 793-5501/000-012 2002-171 200 (8x25) Insulation stop, light green 793-5501/000-017 5 pcs/strip, green 793-5501/000-023 0.75 - 1 mm² violet 793-5501/000-024 5 dark gray 2002-172 200 (8x25) Protective warning marker, Screwless end stop, with high-voltage symbol, black, for DIN 35 rail, for 5 terminal blocks 6 mm wide 100 (4x25) yellow gray 249-116 2002-115 100 (4x25) WMB Inline, plain, Screwless end stop, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, for DIN 35 rail, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 10 mm wide 1 50 (2x25) white gray 249-117 2009-115 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 1 white 2009-110 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Product features: · CAGE CLAMP®S connection for all conductor types, with the additional benefit of stripped solid wires and fine-stranded ferruled wires being simply pushed in · Vibration-proof, fast, maintenance-free terminations · 3-conductor through and ground conductor terminal blocks equipped with a dual jumper slot · 4-conductor terminal blocks permit potential multiplication – no additional jumpers or terminal blocks needed · 3- and 4-conductor terminal blocks have the same dimensions An end plate must be applied when changing from a 3-conductor terminal block to a 4-conductor terminal block and vice versa. 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 30 AU 600 V, 30 A2 IN 32 A (41 A) 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 30 AU 600 V, 30 A2 IN 32 A (41 A) Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 22,6mm/0.89in 52,3 mm/2.06 in Item No. 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 30 AU 600 V, 30 A2 IN 32 A (41 A) 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 18 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor/Shield and Ex Terminal Blocks 4 (6) mm² 2004 Series 35,8 mm/1.41 in 65,5 mm/2.58 in Pack. Unit Item No. 35,8 mm/1.41 in 78,7 mm/3.1 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2004-1201 5 gray 4 2004-1204 4 5 blue 4 2004-1202 5 orange 4 2004-1203 5 red 4 2004-1205 5 black 4 2004-1206 5 yellow 4 50 50 50 50 50 50 3-conductor through terminal block 2004-1301 5 gray 4 2004-1304 4 5 blue 4 2004-1302 5 orange 4 2004-1303 5 red 4 2004-1305 5 black 4 2004-1306 5 yellow 4 50 50 50 50 50 50 4-conductor through terminal block 2004-1401 5 gray 4 2004-1404 4 5 blue 4 2004-1402 5 orange 4 2004-1403 5 red 4 2004-1405 5 black 4 2004-1406 5 yellow 4 50 50 50 50 50 50 2-conductor ground terminal block 2004-1207 5 green-yellow 4 50 3-conductor ground terminal block 2004-1307 5 green-yellow 4 50 4-conductor ground terminal block 2004-1407 5 green-yellow 4 50 4-conductor shield terminal block 2004-1408 white 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2004-1211/1000-401 Page 84 Diode 2004-1311/1000-401 Page 84 Diode 2004-1411/1000-401 Page 84 Diode Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2004-1292 orange 2004-1291 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2004-1392 orange 2004-1391 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2004-1492 orange 2004-1491 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2004-1294 orange 2004-1293 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2004-1394 orange 2004-1393 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick 2004-1494 orange 2004-1493 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 3 mm thick 209-190 90 mm 209-191 120 mm Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 3 mm thick 50 (2x25) 209-191 120 mm 50 (2x25) 2004 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2004-171 light gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray 2004-402 2-way 2004-403 3-way 2004-404 4-way 2004-405 5-way 2004-406 6-way 2004-407 7-way 2004-408 8-way 2004-409 9-way 2004-410 10-way 200 (8x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2004-172 dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2004-433 from 1 to 4 2004-434 from 1 to 5 2004-435 from 1 to 6 2004-436 from 1 to 7 2004-437 from 1 to 8 2004-438 from 1 to 9 2004-439 from 1 to 10 2004-440 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 200 (8x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 Delta jumper, insulated, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 1-2 3-4 5-6 2004-406/020-000 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2004-405/011-000 1-3-5 100 (4x25) Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 IN 32 A 50 (2x25) 2006-499 light gray (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Protective warning marker, (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2004-115 100 (4x25) Terminal Blocks for Ex i or Ex e II Applications S 1 19 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Through terminal blocks with blue insulated housing are suitable for Ex i applications. All through and ground conductor terminal blocks are suitable for Ex e II applications. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 30 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Step-down jumper, page 23 Star point jumper, page 103 Delta jumper, page 103 TOPJOB®S connector, page 134 2004 Series Accessories Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications An end plate must be applied to the terminal block located directly behind an Ex e/Ex i separator plate. Ex e II/Ex i terminal strip Notice: The movable feet of terminal blocks and separator plate must face the same direction. Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 6 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot gray 2004-511 100 (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks gray 2004-549 100 (4x25) End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick gray 2004-541 100 (4x25) Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 50 Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 50 Test plug, Separator located between Ex e II and Ex i terminal strip ! End plate " Ex e II terminal blocks ? Ex e/Ex i separator plate $ End plate % Ex i terminal blocks According to EN 50020, a minimum distance of 50 mm must be kept between live parts of Ex e and Ex i circuits. The use of Ex e/Ex i separators is a space-saving solution when Ex e and Ex i terminal blocks are mounted on a common carrier rail. with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø yellow 50 210-137 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 5 793-5501 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 1 2009-110 TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, 5 mm wide gray 50 (2x25) 2009-191 Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide gray 100 (4x25) 249-116 S 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 50 AU 600 V, 50 A2 IN 41 A (57 A) 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 50 AU 600 V, 50 A2 IN 41 A (57 A) Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 24,8 mm/0.98 in 57,4 mm/2.26 in Item No. 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 38 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks 550 V, 36 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks Jumper 33 A (see Section 14) 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 20 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm² 2006 Series 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Step-down jumper, page 23 Star point jumper, page 103 TOPJOB®S connector, page 98 40,8 mm/1.61 in 73,3 mm/2.89 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2006-1201 5 gray 4 2006-1204 4 5 blue 4 2006-1202 5 orange 4 50 50 50 3-conductor through terminal block 2006-1301 5 gray 4 2006-1304 4 5 blue 4 2006-1302 5 orange 4 25 25 25 2-conductor ground terminal block 2006-1207 5 green-yellow 4 50 3-conductor ground terminal block 2006-1307 5 green-yellow 4 25 2-conductor shield terminal block 2006-1208 5 white 4 50 Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006 Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks. Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2006-1292 gray 2006-1291 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2006-1392 gray 2006-1391 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick orange 2006-1294 gray 2006-1293 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Separator, oversized, 2 mm thick orange 2006-1394 gray 2006-1393 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 120 mm 209-191 Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 IN 32 A 50 (2x25) light gray 2006-499 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 2-way 2006-402 3-way 2006-403 4-way 2006-404 5-way 2006-405 50 50 50 50 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2006-433 from 1 to 4 2006-434 from 1 to 5 2006-435 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) 50 (2x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2006-115 100 (4x25) Lockout cap, for conductor entry hole and operating slot 25 gray 2006-191 Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 6 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 50 (2x25) gray 2006-511 Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, WMB Multi marking system, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 1-3-5 stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 2006-405/011-000 50 (2x25) plain 793-5501 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 5 Commoning with step-down jumpers An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2006-499 commons 6/4 mm² AWG 10/12 (2006/2004 Series) terminal blocks with 4/2.5/1.5 mm² AWG 12/14/16 (2004/2002/2001Series) terminal blocks. Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars. Note: The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar. TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 10 (16) mm² 2010 Series 0.5 - 10 (16) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 6 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 65 AU 600 V, 65 A2 IN 57 A (76 A) 0.5 - 10 (16) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 6 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 65 AU 600 V, 65 A2 IN 57 A (76 A) Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in L 17 - 19 mm / 0.71 in 3 Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in L 17 - 19 mm / 0.71 in 3 S 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 2.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s” and 2.5 mm² – 10 mm² “insulated ferrule, 18 mm” 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 36,9 mm/ 1.45 in 36,9 mm/ 1.45 in 4 Suitable for Ex i applications Item No. Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block 2010-1201 5 gray 4 2010-1204 4 5 blue 4 2010-1202 5 orange 4 25 25 25 3-conductor through terminal block 2010-1301 5 gray 4 2010-1304 4 5 blue 4 2010-1302 5 orange 4 25 25 25 2-conductor ground terminal block 2010-1207 5 green-yellow 4 25 3-conductor ground terminal block 2010-1307 5 green-yellow 4 25 2-conductor shield terminal block 2010-1208 5 white 25 Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2010-1292 gray 2010-1291 Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 120 mm 209-191 Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2010-1392 gray 2010-1391 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 51 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks 550 V, 50 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Step-down jumper, page 23 Star point jumper, page 103 TOPJOB®S connector, page 98 52,2 mm/2.06 in 89 mm/3.5 in Pack. Unit Commoning with step-down jumpers An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons 16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14 (2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks. 100 (4x25) Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars. 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2010 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 57 A, light gray 2-way 2010-402 3-way 2010-403 4-way 2010-404 5-way 2010-405 50 50 50 50 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 57 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2010-433 from 1 to 4 2010-434 from 1 to 5 2010-435 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks 50 (2x25) yellow 2010-115 Finger guard, touchproof cover protects unused conduc- Note: The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating tor entries of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar. yellow 2010-100 100 (4x25) ® Modular TOPJOB S connector, 6 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 50 (2x25) gray 2010-511 Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, WMB Multi marking system, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 1-3-5 stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 2010-405/011-000 50 (2x25) plain 793-5501 Marking strip, plain, Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 11 mm wide, IN 57 A 50 (2x25) 50 m roll light gray 2016-499 white 2009-110 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 21 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 30,8 mm/1.21 in 67,8 mm/2.67 in 1 5 1 1 0.5 - 16 (25“f-st“)mm²1 AWG 20 - 4 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 85 AU 600 V, 85 A2 IN 76 A (90 A) 0.5 - 16 (25“f-st“)mm²1 AWG 20 - 4 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 85 AU 600 V, 85 A2 IN 76 A (90 A) Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in L 18 - 20 mm / 0.75 in 3 Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in L 18 - 20 mm / 0.75 in 3 S 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s + f-st”, 25 mm² “f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 2.5 mm² – 16 mm² “s” and 2.5 mm² – 16 mm² “insulated ferrule, 18 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 36,9 mm/ 1.45 in 22 36,9 mm/ 1.45 in 1 TOPJOB® S Through/Ground Conductor and Ex Terminal Blocks 16 (25 “f-st”) mm², 2016 Series 32,3 mm/1.27 in 69,8 mm/2.75 in Item No. 2-conductor through terminal block 2016-1201 5 gray 4 2016-1204 4 5 blue 4 2016-1202 5 orange 4 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Step-down jumper, page 23 Star point jumper, page 103 TOPJOB®S connector, page 99 54,3 mm/2.14 in 91,8 mm/3.61 in Pack. Unit 20 20 20 2-conductor ground terminal block, 15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load higher than 76A! 20 2016-1207 5 green-yellow 4 Item No. 3-conductor through terminal block 2016-1301 5 gray 4 2016-1304 4 5 blue 4 2016-1302 5 orange 4 Pack. Unit 20 20 20 3-conductor ground terminal block, 15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load higher than 76A! 20 2016-1307 5 green-yellow 4 Commoning with step-down jumpers An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons 16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14 (2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks. Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars. 2-conductor shield terminal block, 15mm-high DIN 35 rails shall be used for a current load higher than 76A! 20 2016-1208 5 white Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2016-1292 gray 2016-1291 Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 120 mm 209-191 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 550 V, 70 A for 2-conductor terminal blocks 550 V, 67 A for 3-conductor terminal blocks Jumper 65 A (see Section 14) Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2016-1392 gray 2016-1391 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2016 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 76 A, light gray 2-way 2016-402 3-way 2016-403 4-way 2016-404 5-way 2016-405 Step-down jumper, insulated, 6 IN 57 A light gray 2016-499 50 50 50 50 Inserting a finger guard seals unused conductor entries. 50 (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, (2x25) for 5 terminal blocks (2x25) 50 (2x25) yellow 2016-115 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 6 IN 76 A, can be snapped together, light gray for jumper contact slot 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) from 1 to 3 gray 2016-433 2016-511 50 (2x25) Finger guard, from 1 to 4 2016-434 touchproof cover protects unused conduc50 (2x25) from 1 to 5 2016-435 tor entries yellow 2016-100 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, Test plug adapter, 6 IN = IN terminal block, light gray for 4 mm Ø test plug 1-3-5 gray 2016-405/011-000 2009-174 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. – Simply Jumpered – Commoning via Step-Down Jumpers and Push-In Type Jumper Bars 1 23 Step-down jumpers may common terminal blocks of different sizes, without losing a conductor clamping point. This can be beneficial on long conductor runs where voltage drop can be a problem. A large conductor can be easily connected to smaller conductors at the distribution point. 1 Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, in the same way as all other push-in jumpers. Commoning may be made in either direction using the special thin end plate to cover the open side. Further terminal blocks of the smaller cross section may be commoned using standard push-in type jumper bars. Commoning from 35 mm²/AWG 2 POWER CAGE CLAMP terminal blocks to 10/16 mm² (AWG 8/10) TOPJOB®S terminal blocks In this case, pay attention that: The total current flowing does not exceed the rating of the step-down jumper. Using step-down jumpers, an end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be commoned. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons 16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14 (2010/2005/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks. Step-down jumper 2006-499 commons 6/4 mm² AWG 10/12 (2006/2004 Series) terminal blocks with 4/2.5/1.5 mm² AWG 12/14/16 (2004/2002/2001) terminal blocks. Commoning with step-down jumpers An end plate must be inserted between the terminal blocks to be jumpered. Step-down jumper 2016-499 commons 16/10 mm² AWG 16/8 (2016/2010 Series) terminal blocks with 10/6/4/2.5 mm² AWG 8/10/12/14 (2010/2006/2004/2002 Series) terminal blocks. Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down for full insertion, similar to other push-in type jumper bars. Commoning with push-in type jumper bars Commoning via open terminal side with end plate allows jumpering over two cross section sizes for 16 mm²/ AWG 6 and 10 mm²/AWG 8 and one cross section size for 6/4/2.5 mm² (AWG 10/12/14); e.g., from 16 mm²/ AWG 6 to 6 mm²/AWG10 (see illustration above) or from 10 mm²/AWG 8 to 4 mm²/AWG 12. Commoning with push-in type jumper bars Commoning via closed terminal side with end plate allows jumpering over two cross section sizes; e.g., from 16 mm²/AWG 6 to 6 mm²/AWG 10 or from 6 mm²/ AWG 10 to 2.5 mm²/AWG 14 (see illustration above). Note: The total current flowing shall not exceed the rating of the step-down jumper/push-in type jumper bar. TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm² 2000 Series 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing L/L 2000-2201 N/L 2000-2202 L/N 2000-2203 1 Item No. Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, blue housing 2000-2234 N/N 50 50 50 Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, blue housing 2000-2204 N/N 50 50 50 <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing L/L 2000-2231 N/L 2000-2232 L/N 2000-2233 Pack. Unit 2 <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> Pack. Unit Pack. Unit Ground conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 50 PE/N 2000-2247 50 PE/L 2000-2257 50 Ground conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 50 PE/N 2000-2217 50 PE/L 2000-2227 50 3 <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> Item No. Item No. <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 51,7 mm/2.04 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 24 <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 1 Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 4-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2000-2238 L 4-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2000-2239 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 4-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2000-2208 L 4-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2000-2209 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE PE 2000-2237 2000-2207 Pack. Unit 50 50 S 1 25 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 1 51,7 mm/2.04 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Terminal block width 3.5 mm / 0.138 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s” and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm² “insulated ferrule, 10 mm” Double-deck terminal block assembly A double-deck marker carrier can be fitted retrospectively to double-deck terminal blocks without marker carrier. 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. Shield conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2248 Shield/N 2000-2258 Shield/L Shield conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2218 Shield/N 2000-2228 Shield/L Pack. Unit 2000 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) 50 50 50 50 End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick 2000-2292 orange 2000-2291 gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 4 IN 14 A, light gray 2000-402 2-way 2000-403 3-way 2000-404 4-way 2000-405 5-way 2000-406 6-way 2000-407 7-way 2000-408 8-way 2000-409 9-way 2000-410 10-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 14 A, light gray 2000-433 from 1 to 3 2000-434 from 1 to 4 2000-435 from 1 to 5 2000-436 from 1 to 6 2000-437 from 1 to 7 2000-438 from 1 to 8 2000-439 from 1 to 9 from 1 to 10 2000-440 Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 4 IN 13.5 A 2000-492 light gray 25 25 Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2009-174 gray 100 (4x25) Banana plug, 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) Testing tap, (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 100 (4x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks 2000-115 100 (4x25) yellow Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 50 (2x25) 2000-121 gray WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for 3.5 mm terminal block width 793-3501 plain Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 2009-110 white 5 1 for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 for max. 2.5 mm² 2009-182 gray 50 100 (4x25) TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 1 (1.5) mm² 2000 Series 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 51,7 mm/2.04 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Pack. Unit Item No. <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, blue housing 2000-2234/099-000 50 N/N Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2247/099-000 50 PE/N 2000-2257/099-000 50 PE/L Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing L/L 2000-2201/099-000 50 N/L 2000-2202/099-000 50 L/N 2000-2203/099-000 50 Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, blue housing 2000-2204/099-000 50 N/N Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2217/099-000 50 PE/N 2000-2227/099-000 50 PE/L 1 <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing L/L 2000-2231/099-000 50 N/L 2000-2232/099-000 50 L/N 2000-2233/099-000 50 2 <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> <____ 69,7 mm/2.74 in ______> Item No. 3 <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 26 <_ 51,7 mm/2.04 in _> <___ 61,8 mm/2.43 in ___> 1 Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 2000-2238/099-000 50 L 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 2000-2239/099-000 50 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 2000-2208/099-000 50 L 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 2000-2209/099-000 50 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE PE 2000-2237/099-000 50 2000-2207/099-000 50 S 1 27 0.14 - 1 (1.5) mm² 1 AWG 24 - 16 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 13.5 A (16 A) 1 51,7 mm/2.04 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.14 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 1.5 mm² “s” and 0.5 mm² – 0.75 mm² “insulated ferrule, 10 mm” Double-deck terminal block assembly A double-deck marker carrier can be fitted retrospectively to double-deck terminal blocks without marker carrier. 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Vertical jumper, page 105 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. Pack. Unit Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2248/099-000 50 Shield/N 2000-2258/099-000 50 Shield/L Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing 2000-2218/099-000 50 Shield/N 2000-2228/099-000 50 Shield/L 2000 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End and intermediate plate, 0.7 mm thick 2000-2292 orange 2000-2291 gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray 2001-402 2-way 2001-403 3-way 2001-404 4-way 2001-405 5-way 2001-406 6-way 2001-407 7-way 2001-408 8-way 2001-409 9-way 2001-410 10-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray 2001-433 from 1 to 3 2001-434 from 1 to 4 2001-435 from 1 to 5 2001-436 from 1 to 6 2001-437 from 1 to 7 2001-438 from 1 to 8 2001-439 from 1 to 9 from 1 to 10 2001-440 Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 4 IN 13.5 A 2000-492 light gray 25 25 2009-110 100 (4x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (4x25) (8x25) (8x25) Banana plug, (8x25) for socket 4 mm Ø, (4x25) color mixed (4x25) 50 215-111 (4x25) WMB Inline, plain, (4x25) stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm, (4x25) 2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll (4x25) 1 white 2009-114 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm (8x25) 5 plain 793-4501 (8x25) WMB Multi marking system, plain, (4x25) 10 strips with 10 markers per card, (4x25) stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm (4x25) yellow 793-4501/000-002 (4x25) red 793-4501/000-005 (4x25) blue 793-4501/000-006 (4x25) gray 793-4501/000-007 orange 793-4501/000-012 light green 793-4501/000-017 green 793-4501/000-023 (4x25) violet 793-4501/000-024 5 Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2001-115 100 (4x25) Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 50 (2x25) gray 2000-121 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 1 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 69,7 mm/2.74 in 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 28 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 1 69,7 mm/2.74 in Pack. Unit Item No. Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2231 5 L/L 4 2002-2232 5 N/L 4 2002-2233 5 L/N 4 Pack. Unit Item No. Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2234 4 5 N/N 4 50 50 50 Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2201 5 L/L 4 2002-2202 5 N/L 4 2002-2203 5 L/N 4 69,7 mm/2.74 in 50 50 50 Ground conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 50 2002-2247 5 PE/N 4 50 2002-2257 5 PE/L 4 50 Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2204 4 5 N/N 4 Pack. Unit Item No. Ground conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 50 2002-2217 5 PE/N 4 50 2002-2227 5 PE/L 4 50 69,7 mm/2.74 in 3 69,7 mm/2.74 in 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 2 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 1 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-2211/1000-410 Page86 Diode LED 2002-2221/1000-434 Page86 Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 4-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-2238 5 L4 4-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-2239 4 5 N4 4-conductor ground terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 4-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-2208 5 L4 4-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-2209 4 5 N4 4-conductor ground terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE 4 PE 4 2002-2237 5 2002-2207 5 Pack. Unit 50 50 S 1 29 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Double-deck terminal block assembly 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 440 V, 20 A Jumper 18 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Ex e/Ex i separator plate, page 19 Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 69,7 mm/2.74 in Pack. Unit Item No. 3 Pack. Unit Shield conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2218 2002-2228 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-2292 100 (4x25) gray 2002-2291 100 (4x25) The ground conductor or shield terminal blocks have a contact foot in the bottom level, automatically establishing direct contact to the carrier rail. The flexible double-deck marker carrier, which is placed above the wiring levels, can be pushed aside during the wiring or commoning operation. The marker carrier has two levels for two different WMB markers relating to the two decks of the terminal blocks. With a terminal block width of only 5.2 mm an effective width of only 2.6 mm for terminal blocks of same or different potentials can be realized for conductor sizes from 0.25 mm² to 4 mm² (AWG 22 - 12). For protection against external interfering signals, an increasing number of shielded control cables are being used. Shield terminal blocks for front-entry are suitable for connecting the cable braid. Like ground conductor terminal blocks for front-entry, they are equipped with a grounding foot for direct electrical connection to the rail, however they differ significantly by their white insulated housing. Shield terminal blocks can be directly mounted beside signal-conductor terminal blocks and provide excellent deflection of interfering signals. 69,7 mm/2.74 in Shield/N Shield/L Appropriate marking system 50 50 Item No. 2002 Series Accessories (see Section 13) 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Shield conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing Shield/N 2002-2248 Shield/L 2002-2258 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 50 50 Ex e/Ex i separator, orange, 6 3 mm thick 125.5 mm 209-192 50 (2x25) Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 2002-121 50 (2x25) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 6 IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 6 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) orange 2002-492/000-012 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 24 A Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 69,7 mm/2.74 in 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 30 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 1 69,7 mm/2.74 in Pack. Unit Item No. 69,7 mm/2.74 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2231/099-000 50 L/L 2002-2232/099-000 50 N/L 2002-2233/099-000 50 L/N Through/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2234/099-000 4 50 N/N Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing PE/N 2002-2247/099-000 50 PE/L 2002-2257/099-000 50 Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2201/099-000 50 L/L 2002-2202/099-000 50 N/L 2002-2203/099-000 50 L/N Through/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2204/099-000 4 50 N/N Ground conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing PE/N 2002-2217/099-000 50 PE/L 2002-2227/099-000 50 69,7 mm/2.74 in 3 69,7 mm/2.74 in 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 2 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 1 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-2211/1000-410 Page86 Diode 2002-2221/1000-434 Page86 LED Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 2002-2238/099-000 50 L 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 2002-2239/099-000 4 50 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 2002-2208/099-000 50 L 4-conductor through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 2002-2209/099-000 4 50 N 4-conductor ground terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE PE 2002-2237/099-000 50 2002-2207/099-000 50 S 1 31 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 24 A 1 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of double-deck terminal blocks with end plate, 2004 Series jumpers must be used. 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 See application notes for: Vertical jumper, page 105 69,7 mm/2.74 in Item No. Pack. Unit Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, with marker carrier, gray housing Shield/N 2002-2248/099-000 50 Shield/L 2002-2258/099-000 50 Shield conductor/through terminal block, with end plate, without marker carrier, gray housing Shield/N 2002-2218/099-000 50 Shield/L 2002-2228/099-000 50 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Test plug adapter, End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick for 4 mm Ø test plug 2002-2292 100 (4x25) orange gray 2009-174 2002-2291 100 (4x25) gray Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 2002-121 gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 light gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray 2-way 2004-402 3-way 2004-403 4-way 2004-404 5-way 2004-405 6-way 2004-406 7-way 2004-407 8-way 2004-408 9-way 2004-409 10-way 2004-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2004-433 from 1 to 4 2004-434 from 1 to 5 2004-435 from 1 to 6 2004-436 from 1 to 7 2004-437 from 1 to 8 2004-438 from 1 to 9 2004-439 from 1 to 10 2004-440 100 (4x25) Banana plug, 50 (2x25) 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 5 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 50 215-111 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 5 793-5501 WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm yellow 793-5501/000-002 red 793-5501/000-005 blue 793-5501/000-006 gray 793-5501/000-007 orange 793-5501/000-012 light green 793-5501/000-017 green 793-5501/000-023 violet 793-5501/000-024 5 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 1 white 2009-110 TOPJOB® S 4-Conductor, Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 105,1 mm/4.14 in Item No. Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2431 L/L 2002-2432 N/L 2002-2433 L/N Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2401 L/L 2002-2402 N/L 2002-2403 L/N 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 32 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 1 105,1 mm/4.14 in 105,1 mm/4.14 in Pack. Unit Item No. Through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2434 4 N/N 50 50 50 Through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, blue housing 2002-2404 4 N/N 50 50 50 Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Ground conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing PE/N 50 2002-2447 PE/L 50 2002-2457 50 Ground conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing PE/N 50 2002-2417 PE/L 50 2002-2427 50 105,1 mm/4.14 in 105,1 mm/4.14 in 105,1 mm/4.14 in Item No. 3 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 2 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 1 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in Ex Approvals are pending Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 8-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-2438 L 8-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-2439 4 N 8-conductor ground terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 8-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-2408 L 8-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-2409 4 N 8-conductor ground terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE PE 2002-2437 2002-2407 Pack. Unit 50 50 S 1 33 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) 1 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 52,1 mm/2.05 in 62,7 mm/2.47 in 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) Double-deck terminal block assembly 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 105,1 mm/4.14 in Item No. Shield conductor/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2448 Shield/N 2002-2458 Shield/L Shield conductor/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-2418 Shield/N 2002-2428 Shield/L Pack. Unit 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) 50 50 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick Test plug adapter, 2002-2492 100 (4x25) orange for 4 mm Ø test plug 2002-2491 100 (4x25) 2009-174 gray gray Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 2002-121 gray 50 50 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 light gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 5 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 2-way 2002-403 3-way 2002-404 4-way 2002-405 5-way 2002-406 6-way 2002-407 7-way 2002-408 8-way 2002-409 9-way 2002-410 10-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-433 from 1 to 3 2002-434 from 1 to 4 2002-435 from 1 to 5 2002-436 from 1 to 6 2002-437 from 1 to 7 2002-438 from 1 to 8 2002-439 from 1 to 9 from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 50 (2x25) 50 Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² 2009-182 gray 100 (4x25) 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 5 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks 2002-115 100 (4x25) yellow WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501 plain WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501/000-002 yellow 793-5501/000-005 red 793-5501/000-006 blue 793-5501/000-007 gray 793-5501/000-012 orange 793-5501/000-017 light green 793-5501/000-023 green 793-5501/000-024 violet 5 5 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 1 2009-115 white Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 1 2009-110 white TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, 5 mm wide 50 (2x25) gray 2009-191 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 93 mm/3.66 in Item No. 51,7 mm/2.04 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) 51,7 mm/2.04 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) 51,7 mm/2.04 in 93 mm/3.66 in Pack. Unit Through/through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block without marker carrier, gray housing L/L 2002-2601 50 N/L 2002-2602 50 L/N 2002-2603 50 Item No. 93 mm/3.66 in Pack. Unit Through/through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block without marker carrier, blue housing N/N 2002-2604 4 50 Item No. Pack. Unit Ground conductor/through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block without marker carrier, gray housing PE/N 2002-2647 50 PE/L 2002-2657 50 93 mm/3.66 in Item No. 51,7 mm/2.04 in Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Carrier 2002-2661 Page 36 Disconnect 2002-2671 Page 36 Fuse Page 37 2002-2611 51,7 mm/2.04 in 34 51,7 mm/2.04 in 1 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 93 mm/3.66 in Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 2002-2608 50 L Item No. 93 mm/3.66 in Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 2002-2609 4 50 N Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Item No. Pack. Unit Through/through terminal block, same profile as double-deck disconnect terminal block without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing PE 2002-2607 50 S 1 35 a 1 b c 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” Multifunctional terminal blocks: The double-deck disconnect terminal block with movable knife disconnect (2002-2671) can be used as through terminal block on the lower deck and as disconnect terminal block on the upper deck. The associated carrier terminal block (2002-2661) has the same design as the disconnect terminal block. However, disconnect plugs (a: 2002-401), pluggable diode (b: 2002-800/1000-411 ) and LED modules (not shown here, 2002-800/1000-541) or fuse plugs (c: 2004-911) can alternatively be used here. Besides disconnection and measurement, the 2002-2667 double-deck carrier terminal block also provides ground conductor functionality. 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-2692 100 (4x25) gray 2002-2691 100 (4x25) Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 50 (2x25) 2002-121 The double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder (2002-2611, gray) is compatible with disconnect, carrier, through and ground conductor terminal blocks. The fuse holder is also available with a blown fuse LED indicator. (e.g., 2002-2611/1000-541 for 12–30 V) Same profile allows for commoning with TOPJOB® S double-deck terminal blocks (upper deck) and with triple-deck terminal blocks (lower deck). The through terminal block (2002-2601) features two independent current bars on both lower and upper deck, sharing the same profile as the disconnect terminal block. Commoning is also possible for these terminal blocks using the double-deck vertical jumper (2002-492). An end plate for fuse terminal blocks (shown in orange, 2002-1092) is used for additional protection, preventing the fuse shaft from being opened. The fuse cannot be replaced until disconnecting the fuse holder from the power supply. Left picture – Vertical jumper (2002-492) Right picture – Push-in type jumper bar for 2002 Series The 4-conductor through terminal block (2002-2609) with internal commoning can be immediately identified via violet-colored conductor entry. Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 5 IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 5 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-400 100 (4x25) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 S 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 51,7 mm/2.04 in 93 mm/3.66 in Item No. Double-deck disconnect terminal block, with movable knife disconnect, gray housing 2002-2671 L/L 2002-2672 N/L Pack. Unit 50 50 Item No. Double-deck carrier terminal block, upper deck carrier, gray housing L/L 2002-2661 N/L 2002-2662 Pack. Unit 50 50 93 mm/3.66 in Item No. Double-deck carrier terminal block, upper deck carrier, gray housing 2002-2667 PE/L 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 93 mm/3.66 in 51,7 mm/2.04 in 36 51,7 mm/2.04 in 56,4 mm/2.22 in 1 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks and Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series Pack. Unit 50 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-2692 100 (4x25) gray 2002-2691 100 (4x25) Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 50 (2x25) 2002-121 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 4 IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 4 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 93 mm/3.66 in Item No. Double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, Through/fuse terminal block, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, without blown fuse indication Nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. L/L N/L 2002-2611 2002-2612 25 25 Item No. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 250 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Vertical jumper, page 105 5 Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be applied individually. 6 Due to the 6.2 mm width of fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be used. Pack. Unit Double-deck fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, Through/fuse terminal block, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with blown fuse indication by LED, gray Nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 230 V 2002-2611/1000-541 25 2002-2611/1000-542 25 2002-2611/1000-836 25 A spacer plate is supplied with all 6.2 mm wide fuse terminal blocks. Due to the 6.2 mm width of fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be used. 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-2692 gray 2002-2691 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 4 6 IN 32 A, light gray 2-way 2004-402 3-way 2004-403 4-way 2004-404 5-way 2004-405 6-way 2004-406 7-way 2004-407 8-way 2004-408 9-way 2004-409 10-way 2004-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2004-433 from 1 to 4 2004-434 from 1 to 5 2004-435 from 1 to 6 2004-436 from 1 to 7 2004-437 from 1 to 8 2004-438 from 1 to 9 2004-439 from 1 to 10 2004-440 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) End plate for fuse terminal blocks, 2 mm thick orange 2002-1092 100 gray 2002-1091 100 Insulation stop, 5 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 200 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 200 Protective warning marker, 5 with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 210-136 red Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø yellow 210-137 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 4 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 37 1 93 mm/3.66 in Pack. Unit 1 76,4 mm/3.01 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 6.3 A 76,4 mm/3.01 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 6.3 A S (4x25) (4x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) 50 50 1 Additionally, an end plate for fuse terminal blocks (e.g., 2002-1092, orange) must be used at the end of an assembly or if there is no adjacent fuse terminal block. TOPJOB® S Triple-Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 24 A (28 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 93,3 mm/3.67 in Item No. Through/through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-3231 5 L/L/L 4 2002-3233 5 L/L/N 4 Through/through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-3201 5 L/L/L 4 2002-3203 5 L/L/N 4 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 38 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 1 93,3 mm/3.67 in Pack. Unit Item No. 50 50 50 50 93,3 mm/3.67 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Through/through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, blue housing 50 2002-3234 4 5 N/N/N 4 Ground conductor/through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 50 2002-3247 5 PE/N/L 4 50 2002-3257 5 PE/L/L 4 Through/through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, blue housing 50 2002-3204 4 5 N/N/N 4 Ground conductor/through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 50 2002-3217 5 PE/N/L 4 50 2002-3227 5 PE/L/L 4 93,3 mm/3.67 in 93,3 mm/3.67 in 93,3 mm/3.67 in Item No. 3 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 2 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 1 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-3211/1000-410 Page 88 Diode 2002-3221/1000-434 Page 88 LED Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 6-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-3238 5 L4 6-conductor through terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-3239 4 5 N4 6-conductor ground terminal block, with marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing 6-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, gray housing 50 2002-3208 5 L4 6-conductor through terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, conductor entry position colored in violet, blue housing 50 2002-3209 4 5 N4 6-conductor ground terminal block, without marker carrier, internal commoning, green-yellow housing Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. PE 4 PE 4 2002-3237 5 2002-3207 5 Pack. Unit 50 50 S 1 39 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 20 AU 600 V, 20 A2 IN 24 A (28 A) 1 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Suitable for Ex i applications 5 Suitable for Ex e II applications 440 V, 19 A Jumper 17 A (see Section 14) 6 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Vertical jumper, page 105 93,3 mm/3.67 in Item No. Shield/through/through terminal block, with marker carrier, gray housing 2002-3248 Shield/N/L 2002-3258 Shield/L/L Shield/through/through terminal block, without marker carrier, gray housing 2002-3218 Shield/N/L 2002-3228 Shield/L/L Pack. Unit 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick 2002-3292 100 (4x25) orange 2002-3291 100 (4x25) gray 50 50 Triple-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 50 50 Triple-deck terminal block assembly Combination of multilevel terminal blocks 2002-131 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 light gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 6 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 2-way 2002-403 3-way 2002-404 4-way 2002-405 5-way 2002-406 6-way 2002-407 7-way 2002-408 8-way 2002-409 9-way 2002-410 10-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-433 from 1 to 3 2002-434 from 1 to 4 2002-435 from 1 to 5 2002-436 from 1 to 6 2002-437 from 1 to 7 2002-438 from 1 to 8 2002-439 from 1 to 9 from 1 to 10 2002-440 Triple-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 6 IN 24 A light gray 2002-493 50 (2x25) 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 100 (4x25) Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated, 6 IN 24 A light gray 2002-492 100 (4x25) 2002-492/000-012 orange 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 20 A (25 A) 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 20 A (25 A) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 103,5 mm/4.08 in Item No. 83,9 mm/3.3 in 96,8 mm/3.81 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 20 A (25 A) 83,9 mm/3.3 in 96,8 mm/3.81 in 40 83,9 mm/3.3 in 96,8 mm/3.81 in 1 TOPJOB® S Quadruple-Deck, Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks or Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks for Wiring of Electric Motors, 2002 Series 103,5 mm/4.08 in 103,5 mm/4.08 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, without marker carrier, gray 2002-4127 25 L1 - L2 - L3 - PE Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, without marker carrier, gray 2002-4111 25 L1 - L2 Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, without marker carrier, gray 2002-4101 25 L1 - L2 - L3 Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, with marker carrier, gray 2002-4157 25 L1 - L2 - L3 - PE Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, with marker carrier, gray 2002-4141 25 L1 - L2 Quadruple-deck, rail-mounted terminal block or Rail-mounted terminal block for wiring of electric motors, with marker carrier, gray 2002-4131 25 L1 - L2 - L3 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Protective warning marker, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-4192 100 (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, orange 2002-4191 100 (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks gray 2002-115 100 (4x25) yellow Lockout cap, Insulation stop, for conductor entry hole and operating 5 pcs/strip, slot 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 25 2002-192 2002-171 200 (8x25) orange light gray 25 2002-191 Insulation stop, gray 25 2002-194 5 pcs/strip, blue 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 4 IN 25 A, IN 25 A, light gray light gray 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2002-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 3 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) 2002-434 200 (8x25) from 1 to 4 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 2002-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) 2002-436 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) 2002-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 7 6-way 2002-407 100 (4x25) 2002-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 2002-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) 9-way 2002-410 100 (4x25) 10-way Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, Star point jumper, insulated, 4 4 IN 25 A, IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2002-405/011-000 1-3-5 light gray 100 (4x25) 2-way 2002-400 100 (4x25) Delta jumper, insulated, Triple-deck marker carrier, 4 IN = IN terminal block, light gray pivoting 50 (2x25) 2002-406/020-000 1-2 3-4 5-6 gray 2002-131 100 (4x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Staggered jumper, 4 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 11-way 12-way 2002-472 2002-473 2002-474 2002-475 2002-476 2002-477 2002-478 2002-479 2002-480 2002-481 2002-482 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) Push-in type wire jumper, 4 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 60 mm L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-115 white Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 1 1 – Handling – S 1 41 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Delta jumper, page 104 Star point jumper, page 101 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Marker carrier, page 109 Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø. In addition to rail-mounted terminal blocks for electric motor wiring, new versions are now available. · Terminal block without ground contact and only 2 potentials. Especially for additional functions such as engine brakes or temperature probes. Having the same shape, this type can be put next to the appropriate terminal block for electric motor wiring without using intermediate plates. That makes the rail assembly clearer and wiring is easier. This also prevents wiring errors as no conductor entry is unused. · Terminal block without ground contact and with only 3 potentials. Clearly designated clamping units is the primary advantage to this terminal block design. When using devices with protective insulation for example, there are no open ground clamping units that could create confusion. Lockout cap for conductor entry hole and operating slot Locking out conductor entry holes and operating slots to create spacer housings for rail-mounted terminal blocks for electric motor wiring. Compact design: 3 phases and ground conductor in one terminal block. Marking clamping units with WMB Multi marking system. Group marking with marking strips. 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 15 A2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 15 A2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 108 mm/4.25 in Item No. 108 mm/4.25 in Pack. Unit Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, with 2 pivoting knife disconnects, gray housing L/L N/L 2002-2951 2002-2952 50 50 Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, with 2 pivoting knife disconnects, blue housing N/N 2002-2954 42 mm/1.65 in 47,3 mm/1.86 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 15 A2 IN 16 A 42 mm/1.65 in 47,3 mm/1.86 in 42 42 mm/1.65 in 47,3 mm/1.86 in 1 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series 50 Item No. 108 mm/4.25 in Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, with 2 pivoting knife disconnects, lower and upper decks internally commoned on right side and with violet marking, gray housing 50 2002-2958 L/L Double-deck disconnect terminal block, with pivoting knife disconnect, same profile as double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, gray housing 50 2002-2971 L/L 50 2002-2972 N/L Double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, with 2 pivoting knife disconnects, lower and upper decks internally commoned on right side and with violet marking, blue housing 50 2002-2959 N/N Double-deck disconnect terminal block, with pivoting knife disconnect, same profile as double-deck, double-disconnect terminal block, blue housing 50 2002-2974 N/N 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-2992 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, orange 2002-2991 100 (4x25) light gray gray 2002-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 3 2002-434 200 (8x25) from 1 to 4 Insulation stop, 2002-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 5 pcs/strip, 2002-436 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 2002-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 7 light gray 2002-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 Insulation stop, 2002-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 5 pcs/strip, from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Staggered jumper, 4 4 IN 25 A, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way light gray 2002-403 200 (8x25) 2-way 3-way 2002-472 100 (4x25) 2002-404 200 (8x25) 3-way 4-way 2002-473 100 (4x25) 2002-405 100 (4x25) 4-way 5-way 2002-474 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-406 100 (4x25) 5-way 6-way 2002-475 50 (2x25) 2002-407 100 (4x25) 6-way 7-way 2002-476 50 (2x25) 2002-408 100 (4x25) 7-way 8-way 2002-477 50 (2x25) 2002-409 100 (4x25) 8-way 9-way 2002-478 50 (2x25) 2002-410 100 (4x25) 9-way 10-way 2002-479 50 (2x25) 10-way Push-in type wire jumper, 2002-480 4 50 (2x25) 11-way insulated, 2002-481 50 (2x25) 12-way IN 18 A, 2002-482 wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, L = 60 mm IN 25 A, L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 4 light gray L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 2-way 2002-400 100 (4x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 4 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot gray 2002-511 100 (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks gray 2002-549 100 (4x25) End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick 2002-541 100 (4x25) gray Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 50 210-136 red Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2009-174 100 (4x25) gray Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² 2009-182 gray 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 50 Double-Deck Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Knife Disconnect S 1 43 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Terminal block assembly 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Delta jumper, page 104 Star point jumper, page 101 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Accessories Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø. Carrier terminal block (2002-2941) with disconnect plug (2002-401) in parked position. Group marker carrier accommodated in jumper contact slot. Carrier terminal block (2002-2941) with disconnect plug (2002-401) in operating position. WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm yellow 793-5501/000-002 red 793-5501/000-005 blue 793-5501/000-006 gray 793-5501/000-007 orange 793-5501/000-012 light green 793-5501/000-017 green 793-5501/000-023 violet 793-5501/000-024 5 5 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 1 2009-115 TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, 5 mm wide gray 50 (2x25) 2009-191 Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide gray 100 (4x25) 249-116 Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide gray 50 (2x25) 249-117 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 34 mm/1.34 in 66,1 mm/2.6 in Item No. 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 38,9 mm/1.53 in 44 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 37,6 mm/1.48 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement, Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series 34 mm/1.34 in 66,1 mm/2.6 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with test point, orange disconnect link 2002-1671 50 gray 2002-1674 50 blue 2002-1672 50 orange Item No. 34 mm/1.34 in 66,1 mm/2.6 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement with mechanical interlock, with test point, orange disconnect link 2002-1671/401-000 50 gray 2002-1674/401-000 50 blue 2002-1672/401-000 50 orange Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block, with test point, same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block gray blue orange 2002-1601 2002-1604 2002-1602 50 50 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1661 Carrier Page 76 2002-1681 Fuse Page 50 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Protective warning marker, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1692 100 (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, orange 2002-1691 100 (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks gray 2002-115 100 yellow Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Insulation stop, IN 25 A, 5 pcs/strip, light gray 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 2002-433 200 from 1 to 3 light gray 2002-434 200 from 1 to 4 Insulation stop, 2002-435 100 from 1 to 5 5 pcs/strip, 2002-436 100 from 1 to 6 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) 2002-437 100 from 1 to 7 dark gray 2002-438 100 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, from 1 to 8 4 2002-439 100 IN 25 A, from 1 to 9 light gray from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper, 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 4 insulated, 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) light gray 6-way 2002-407 100 (4x25) 2002-472 100 2-way 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 2002-473 100 3-way 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) 2002-474 100 4-way 9-way 2002-410 100 (4x25) 2002-475 50 5-way 10-way 2002-476 50 6-way Push-in type wire jumper, 4 2002-477 50 7-way insulated, 2002-478 50 8-way IN 18 A, 2002-479 50 9-way wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) 2002-480 50 10-way L = 60 mm 2002-481 50 11-way L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 2002-482 50 12-way L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. (4x25) Customized staggered jumper, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-473/011-000 1-3 100 (4x25) 2002-475/011-000 1-3-5 2002-477/011-000 1-3-5-7 2002-479/011-000 1-3-5-7-9 1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000 50 (2x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, (4x25) 4 IN 25 A, (4x25) light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 4 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 2002-511 100 (4x25) gray (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, (4x25) e.g., for bridging commoned terminal (4x25) blocks (2x25) 2002-549 100 (4x25) gray (2x25) End plate, (2x25) for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, (2x25) 1.5 mm thick 2002-541 100 (4x25) (2x25) gray (2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, (2x25) 4 can be snapped together (2x25) gray 2002-611 100 (4x25) S 1 45 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” One center and two side marker slots for WMB markers or marking strips. Dual jumper slots, in the same position as the 2002 Series terminal blocks. Commoning options in front of or behind the knife disconnect, depending on the power supply direction. 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Accessories Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 2002-121 Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø Additional marking option via pivoting marking adapter 2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for test und measurement Opening the knife disconnect. 2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for test and measurement Closing the knife disconnect. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating position. 50 50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 2009-115 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 5 1 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 44,7 mm/1.76 in 76,8 mm/3.02 in Item No. 32,9 mm/1.3 in 32,9 mm/1.3 in 37,6 mm/1.48 in 46 32,9 mm/1.3 in 37,6 mm/1.48 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement, Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series 44,7 mm/1.76 in 76,8 mm/3.02 in Pack. Unit 3-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with test point, orange disconnect link 50 2002-1771 gray 50 2002-1774 blue 50 2002-1772 orange Item No. 44,7 mm/1.76 in 76,8 mm/3.02 in Pack. Unit 3-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement with mechanical interlock, with test point, orange disconnect link 2002-1771/401-000 50 gray 2002-1774/401-000 50 blue 2002-1772/401-000 50 orange Item No. Pack. Unit 3-conductor through terminal block, with test point, same profile as 3-conductor disconnect terminal block gray blue orange 2002-1701 2002-1704 2002-1702 50 50 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1761 Carrier Page 76 2002-1781 Fuse Page 50 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Protective warning marker, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1792 100 (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, orange 2002-1791 100 (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks gray 2002-115 100 yellow Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Insulation stop, IN 25 A, 5 pcs/strip, light gray 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 2002-433 200 from 1 to 3 light gray 2002-434 200 from 1 to 4 Insulation stop, 2002-435 100 from 1 to 5 5 pcs/strip, 2002-436 100 from 1 to 6 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) 2002-437 100 from 1 to 7 dark gray 2002-438 100 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, from 1 to 8 4 2002-439 100 IN 25 A, from 1 to 9 light gray from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper, 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 4 insulated, 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) light gray 6-way 2002-407 100 (4x25) 2002-472 100 2-way 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 2002-473 100 3-way 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) 2002-474 100 4-way 9-way 50 2002-410 100 (4x25) 2002-475 5-way 10-way 50 2002-476 6-way Push-in type wire jumper, 4 50 2002-477 7-way insulated, 50 2002-478 8-way IN 18 A, 50 2002-479 9-way wire size 1.5 mm² 50 2002-480 2009-412 100 (10x10) 10-way L = 60 mm 50 2002-481 11-way L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 50 2002-482 12-way L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. (4x25) Customized staggered jumper, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-473/011-000 1-3 100 (4x25) 2002-475/011-000 1-3-5 2002-477/011-000 1-3-5-7 2002-479/011-000 1-3-5-7-9 1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000 50 (2x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, (4x25) 4 IN 25 A, (4x25) light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 4 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 2002-511 100 (4x25) gray (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, (4x25) e.g., for bridging commoned terminal (4x25) blocks (2x25) 2002-549 100 (4x25) gray (2x25) End plate, (2x25) for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, (2x25) 1.5 mm thick (2x25) 2002-541 100 (4x25) gray (2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, (2x25) 4 can be snapped together (2x25) 2002-611 100 (4x25) gray S 1 47 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” One center and two side marker slots for WMB markers or marking strips. Dual jumper slots, in the same position as the 2002 Series terminal blocks. Commoning options in front of or behind the knife disconnect, depending on the power supply direction. 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Accessories Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 2002-121 Testing with test plug 2 mm Ø Additional marking option via pivoting marking adapter 2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for test und measurement Opening the knife disconnect. 2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks for test and measurement Closing the knife disconnect. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating position. 50 50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 2009-115 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 5 1 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 15 A2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 15 AU 300 V, 15 A2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 44,7 mm/1.76 in 87,5 mm/3.44 in Item No. 32,9 mm/1.3 in 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38,9 mm/1.53 in 48 32,9 mm/1.3 in 37,6 mm/1.48 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement, Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series 44,7 mm/1.76 in 87,5 mm/3.44 in Pack. Unit 4-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with test point, orange disconnect link 2002-1871 50 gray 2002-1874 50 blue 2002-1872 50 orange Item No. 44,7 mm/1.76 in 87,5 mm/3.44 in Pack. Unit 4-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement with mechanical interlock, with test point, orange disconnect link 2002-1871/401-000 50 gray 2002-1874/401-000 50 blue 2002-1872/401-000 50 orange Item No. Pack. Unit 4-conductor through terminal block, with test point, same profile as 4-conductor disconnect terminal block gray blue orange 2002-1801 2002-1804 2002-1802 50 50 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1861 Carrier Page 76 2002-1881 Fuse Page 50 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick Protective warning marker, 2002-1892 100 (4x25) orange with high-voltage symbol, black, 2002-1891 100 (4x25) gray for 5 terminal blocks 2002-115 100 yellow Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Insulation stop, IN 25 A, 5 pcs/strip, light gray 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-433 200 from 1 to 3 2002-171 200 (8x25) light gray 2002-434 200 from 1 to 4 Insulation stop, 2002-435 100 from 1 to 5 5 pcs/strip, 2002-436 100 from 1 to 6 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-437 100 from 1 to 7 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray 2002-438 100 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, from 1 to 8 4 2002-439 100 IN 25 A, from 1 to 9 light gray from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) Staggered jumper, 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 4 insulated, 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) 6-way light gray 2002-407 100 (4x25) 2002-472 100 2-way 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 2002-473 100 3-way 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) 2002-474 100 4-way 9-way 50 2002-410 100 (4x25) 2002-475 5-way 10-way 50 2002-476 6-way Push-in type wire jumper, 4 50 2002-477 7-way insulated, 50 2002-478 8-way IN 18 A, 50 2002-479 9-way wire size 1.5 mm² 50 2002-480 10-way L = 60 mm 2009-412 100 (10x10) 50 2002-481 11-way L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 50 2002-482 12-way L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. (4x25) Customized staggered jumper, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 1-3 2002-473/011-000 100 (4x25) 1-3-5 2002-475/011-000 1-3-5-7 2002-477/011-000 1-3-5-7-9 2002-479/011-000 1-3-5-7-9-11 2002-481/011-000 50 (2x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, (4x25) 4 IN 25 A, (4x25) light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 4 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 2002-511 100 (4x25) gray (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, (4x25) e.g., for bridging commoned terminal (4x25) blocks (2x25) 2002-549 100 (4x25) gray (2x25) End plate, (2x25) for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, (2x25) 1.5 mm thick (2x25) 2002-541 100 (4x25) gray (2x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, (2x25) 4 can be snapped together (2x25) 2002-611 100 (4x25) gray S 1 49 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position. Application example showing a 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2002-1661 with disconnect plug 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Accessories Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2009-174 gray 100 (4x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² 2009-182 gray 100 (4x25) Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 2002-121 gray 50 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Open position 50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501 plain WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-115 white Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 2009-110 white 5 1 1 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Top view 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Closing of knife disconnect 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 10 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 10 A 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 400 V/6 kV/3 IN 10 A AWG 22 - 12 300 V, 10 AU 300 V, 10 A2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 10 AU 300 V, 10 A2 IN 10 A 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4 44,7 mm/1.76 in 76,8 mm/3.02 in 34 mm/1.34 in 66,1 mm/2.6 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor fuse terminal block, with test point, for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3 gray 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 50 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 1 TOPJOB® S Fuse Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 2002-1681 50 44,7 mm/1.76 in 87,5 mm/3.44 in Pack. Unit Item No. 3-conductor fuse terminal block, with test point, for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3 gray 2002-1781 50 Pack. Unit Item No. 4-conductor fuse terminal block, with test point, for blade-style fuses acc. to DIN 72581-3f, ISO 8820-3 gray 2002-1881 50 Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1601 Through Page 44 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1701 Through Page 46 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1801 Through Page 48 Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1692 orange 2002-1691 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1792 orange 2002-1791 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1892 orange 2002-1891 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 light gray Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 5 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 200 2-way 2002-403 200 3-way 2002-404 200 4-way 2002-405 100 5-way 2002-406 100 6-way 2002-407 100 7-way 2002-408 100 8-way 2002-409 100 9-way 2002-410 100 10-way Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks 2002-115 100 yellow Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 2002-121 50 gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Staggered jumper, 5 IN 25 A, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-433 200 (8x25) (8x25) from 1 to 3 light gray 2002-434 200 (8x25) 2002-472 100 (4x25) from 1 to 4 2-way 2002-435 100 (4x25) 2002-473 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 3-way 2002-436 100 (4x25) 2002-474 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 4-way 50 (2x25) 2002-437 100 (4x25) (8x25) 2002-475 from 1 to 7 5-way 50 (2x25) 2002-438 100 (4x25) 2002-476 from 1 to 8 6-way 50 (2x25) 2002-439 100 (4x25) 2002-477 from 1 to 9 7-way 50 (2x25) 2002-478 from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) 8-way (8x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-479 9-way (8x25) Push-in type wire jumper, 50 (2x25) 2002-480 10-way (8x25) 5 50 (2x25) 2002-481 11-way insulated, (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-482 12-way IN 18 A, (4x25) wire size 1.5 mm² (4x25) 2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, L = 60 mm (4x25) IN 25 A, L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 5 (4x25) light gray L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) (4x25) 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 210-136 (4x25) 50 red Banana plug, for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed (2x25) 215-111 50 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Safety Information S 1 51 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 - Individual arrangement: 10 A - Block arrangement: 5 A Protection against direct contact must be observed for 42 V and higher voltages 4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 Accessories Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 5 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot gray 2002-511 100 (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks gray 2002-549 100 (4x25) End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick 2002-541 100 (4x25) gray TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, 5 can be snapped together 2002-611 100 (4x25) gray Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2009-174 gray 100 (4x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² 2009-182 gray 100 (4x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501 plain 5 Selecting the correct fuse cartridge is important for product safety within applications, as well as for fuse cartridge service life and reliability. Fuse cartrigdes can operate perfectly as protection (break-off point) if they are properly selected and used according to manufacturer specifications. The rated currents of the fuse cartridges are defined differently in international standards. Due to different current rating definitions, the recommended current-carrying permanent capacity of the fuses is max. 80% of their rated current according to DIN 72581 part 3 (for an ambient operating temperature of 23°C). Regarding product safety, it is generally necessary to test fuse cartridges under normal conditions and operational failures within your application. 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 250 V, 6 AU 250 V, 6 A2 IN 6.3 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 6.3 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 250 V, 6 AU 250 V, 6 A2 IN 6.3 A Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 44,7 mm/1.76 in 76,8 mm/3.02 in 34 mm/1.34 in 66,1 mm/2.6 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. gray 2002-1611 2002-1611/1000-541 2002-1611/1000-542 2002-1611/1000-836 2002-1611/1000-867 Item No. 50 50 50 50 44,7 mm/1.76 in 87,5 mm/3.44 in Pack. Unit 3-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. gray 50 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with blown fuse indication by LED, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 230 V 120 V 57,2 mm/2.25 in 57,6 mm/2.27 in 52 57,2 mm/2.25 in 1 TOPJOB® S Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder 2.5 (4) mm² for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 2002 Series 2002-1711 50 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 230 V 120 V 2002-1711/1000-541 2002-1711/1000-542 2002-1711/1000-836 2002-1711/1000-867 4-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. gray 3-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with blown fuse indication by LED, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 50 50 50 50 Pack. Unit Item No. 2002-1811 50 4-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with blown fuse indication by LED, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 230 V 120 V 2002-1811/1000-541 2002-1811/1000-542 2002-1811/1000-836 2002-1811/1000-867 50 50 50 50 Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, End plate for fuse terminal blocks, IN 32 A, 2 mm thick 2002-992 100 (4x25) orange light gray 2002-991 100 (4x25) 2004-402 200 2-way gray 2004-403 200 3-way Insulation stop, 2004-404 100 4-way 5 pcs/strip, 2004-405 100 5-way 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2004-406 100 2002-171 200 (8x25) 6-way light gray 2004-407 100 7-way Insulation stop, 2004-408 100 8-way 5 pcs/strip, 2004-409 100 9-way 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) 2004-410 100 10-way dark gray Protective warning marker, Push-in type wire jumper, 4 with high-voltage symbol, black, insulated, for 5 terminal blocks IN 18 A, 2002-115 100 wire size 1.5 mm² yellow L = 60 mm 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2004-433 from 1 to 4 2004-434 from 1 to 5 2004-435 from 1 to 6 2004-436 from 1 to 7 2004-437 from 1 to 8 2004-438 from 1 to 9 2004-439 from 1 to 10 2004-440 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) S 1 53 1 Fuse terminal blocks with a width of 6.2 mm can be assembled adjacently. If there is no adjacent fuse terminal block at the end of the assembly, an end plate must be used. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 250 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE 0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal blocks must be checked according to their application and mounting. Higher ambient temperatures place additional strain on fuse cartridges. Therefore, in such applications, the rated current must be reduced if necessary. More details available from the manufacturer. Pivoting the fuse holder in the locked open position. Miniature fuses 5 x 20 Series Item No. Overload and short circuit protection Individual argmt. Group argmt. Short circuit protection only Individual argmt. Group argmt. Fuse terminal blocks Exchanging fuse. 2002-1611 2002-1811 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2002-1611/....-.... 2002-1811/....-.... 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of the fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be used. 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 16 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Item No. 32,9 mm/1.3 in 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38,9 mm/1.53 in 54 32,9 mm/1.3 in 37,9 mm/1.49 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement without and with Mechanical Interlock with Additional Jumper Position 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with test point, orange disconnect link, with additional jumper position 2002-1971 50 gray 2002-1974 50 blue 2002-1972 50 orange Item No. 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement with mechanical interlock, with test point, orange disconnect link, with additional jumper position 2002-1971/401-000 50 gray 2002-1972/401-000 50 orange 2002-1974/401-000 50 blue Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block, with test point, with additional jumper position, same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block gray blue orange 2002-1901 2002-1904 2002-1902 2-conductor ground terminal block 2002-1907 green-yellow 50 50 50 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1961 Carrier Page 76 2002-1981 Fuse Page 57 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1992 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, orange 2002-1991 100 (4x25) light gray gray 2002-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 3 2002-434 200 (8x25) from 1 to 4 Insulation stop, 2002-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 5 pcs/strip, 2002-436 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 2002-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 7 light gray 2002-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 Insulation stop, 2002-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 5 pcs/strip, from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Staggered jumper, 4 4 IN 25 A, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2-way light gray 2002-403 200 (8x25) 2002-472 100 (4x25) 2-way 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 2002-473 100 (4x25) 3-way 4-way 2002-405 100 (4x25) 2002-474 100 (4x25) 4-way 5-way 2002-406 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-475 5-way 6-way 2002-407 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-476 6-way 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-477 7-way 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-478 8-way 9-way 2002-410 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) 2002-479 9-way 10-way 50 (2x25) 2002-480 Push-in type wire jumper, 10-way 4 50 (2x25) 2002-481 insulated, 11-way 50 (2x25) 2002-482 IN 18 A, 12-way wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, L = 60 mm L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 4 IN 25 A, L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) light gray 2002-400 100 (4x25) 2-way Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2009-174 100 (4x25) gray Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector, 4 can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot 2002-511 100 (4x25) gray Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2002-549 100 (4x25) gray End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick gray 2002-541 100 (4x25) TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, 4 can be snapped together gray 2002-611 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 50 S 1 55 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Open position 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Top view Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 2002-121 50 (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 2009-115 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 5 1 Three jumper slots available 1 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with knife disconnect and mechanical interlock Closing of knife disconnect TOPJOB® S Fuse Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 10 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 10 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Circuit I 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Circuit II Circuit I 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Circuit II Circuit I Item No. 2002-1981/1000-429 50 2002-1981/1000-449 50 Circuit II Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 12V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. Circuit I Circuit II 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 10 A 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 56 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 1 Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 24 V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. Circuit I Circuit II 2002-1981/1000-413 50 2002-1981/1000-434 50 Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 48 V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. Circuit I Circuit II 2002-1981/1000-414 50 2002-1981/1000-435 50 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2002-1901 Through Page 54 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) Staggered jumper, Push-in type wire jumper, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 4 2002-1992 100 (4x25) 4 insulated, insulated, orange 2002-1991 100 (4x25) IN 25 A, IN 18 A, gray wire size 1.5 mm² light gray 2-way 2002-472 100 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 60 mm Insulation stop, 3-way 2002-473 100 L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 5 pcs/strip, 4-way 2002-474 100 L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 0.25 - 0.5 mm² 2002-171 200 (8x25) 50 5-way 2002-475 light gray 50 6-way 2002-476 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulated, Insulation stop, 4 50 7-way 2002-477 IN 25 A, 5 pcs/strip, 50 8-way 2002-478 light gray 0.75 - 1 mm² 2002-172 200 (8x25) 2002-400 100 (4x25) 50 9-way 2002-479 2-way dark gray Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 50 10-way 2002-480 4 IN 25 A, IN 25 A, 50 11-way 2002-481 50 light gray light gray 12-way 2002-482 2002-402 200 (8x25) 2002-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 3 2-way 2002-403 200 (8x25) 2002-434 200 (8x25) Protective warning marker, from 1 to 4 3-way 2002-404 200 (8x25) 2002-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 4-way with high-voltage symbol, black, 2002-405 100 (4x25) 2002-436 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 5-way for 5 terminal blocks 2002-406 100 (4x25) 2002-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 7 6-way yellow 2002-115 100 2002-407 100 (4x25) 2002-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 7-way 2002-408 100 (4x25) 2002-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 8-way 2002-409 100 (4x25) from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) 9-way 2002-410 100 (4x25) 10-way Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (4x25) S 1 57 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 400 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 10 A 1 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 32,9 mm/1.3 in 38 mm/1.5 in 2 400 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, with test point, with additional jumper position, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. gray 2002-1981 50 Blade-style fuses are not offered by WAGO WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 1 white 2009-115 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 5 plain 793-5501 Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting 50 (2x25) gray 2002-121 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, page 101 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 TOPJOB®S connector, page 96 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug module, page 100 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 6.3 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 250 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 6.3 A Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 S 57,6 mm/2.27 in 58 57,6 mm/2.27 in 1 TOPJOB® S Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder and Additional Jumper Position for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 2002 Series 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 250 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Item No. 40,8 mm/1.61 in 72,9 mm/2.87 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, with additional jumper position, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. gray 2002-1911 50 Item No. 4 See application notes for: Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, with additional jumper position, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with blown fuse indication by LED, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V 2002-1911/1000-541 2002-1911/1000-542 2002-1911/1000-867 2002-1911/1000-836 50 50 50 50 Miniature fuses 5 x 20 Series Item No. Overload and short circuit protection Individual argmt. Group argmt. Short circuit protection only Individual argmt. Group argmt. Fuse terminal blocks 2002-1911 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2002-1911/....-.... 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W Protective warning marker and insulation stop must be applied individually. Due to the 6.2 mm width of the fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2004 Series jumpers must be used. 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline (see Section 13) End plate for fuse terminal blocks, 2 mm thick orange 2002-992 gray 2002-991 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray 2-way 2004-402 3-way 2004-403 4-way 2004-404 5-way 2004-405 6-way 2004-406 7-way 2004-407 8-way 2004-408 9-way 2004-409 10-way 2004-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, 100 (4x25) light gray 100 (4x25) from 1 to 3 2004-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 4 2004-434 200 (8x25) from 1 to 5 2004-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 2004-436 100 (4x25) 200 (8x25) from 1 to 7 2004-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 2004-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 2004-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 10 2004-440 100 (4x25) 200 (8x25) Push-in type wire jumper, 4 insulated, IN 18 A, 200 (8x25) wire size 1.5 mm² 200 (8x25) L = 60 mm 2009-412 100 (10x10) 100 (4x25) L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 100 (4x25) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Protective warning marker, 100 (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, 100 (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks 100 (4x25) yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 50 red 210-136 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE 0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal blocks must be checked according to their application and mounting. Higher ambient temperatures are an additional burden on fuse cartridges. Therefore, in such applications the rated current must be reduced if necessary. More details available from the manufacturer. 1 59 1 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 0.5 - 6 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 38,2 mm/1.5 in 38,2 mm/1.5 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor disconnect terminal block, with test point, orange disconnect link gray blue 2006-1671 2006-1674 38,2 mm/1.5 in 96,3 mm/3.79 in 96,3 mm/3.79 in Item No. (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 36,8 mm/1.47 49,6 mm/1.95 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 32,9 mm/ 1.29 in 60 36,8 mm/1.47 49,6 mm/1.95 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect and Ground Conductor Disconnect Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm² / 30 A and Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile, 2006 Series 96,3 mm/3.79 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block, with test point, same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block 25 25 gray blue 2006-1601 2006-1604 Pack. Unit Item No. Ground conductor disconnect terminal block, with test point, orange disconnect link, gray 24 V 48 V 120 V 230 V 25 25 2006-1671/1000-848 2006-1671/1000-849 2006-1671/1000-850 2006-1671/1000-851 12 12 12 12 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2006-1601 Through Page 60 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2006-1661 Carrier Page 78 2006-1681 Fuse Page 62 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: Through Page 60 2006-1601 Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 2006-402 2-way 2006-403 3-way 2006-404 4-way 2006-405 5-way 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 2006-402 2-way 2006-403 3-way 2006-404 4-way 2006-405 5-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 2006-433 from 1 to 3 2006-434 from 1 to 4 2006-435 from 1 to 5 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 50 (2x25) 2006-433 from 1 to 3 50 (2x25) 2006-434 from 1 to 4 50 (2x25) 2006-435 from 1 to 5 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 50 (2x25) 2-way 2006-402 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) Star point jumper, insulated, Star point jumper, insulated, IN = IN terminal block, light gray IN = IN terminal block, light gray 2006-405/011-000 2006-405/011-000 1-3-5 1-3-5 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Double-deck marker carrier, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick pivoting 2006-1692 100 (4x25) orange gray 2002-121 2006-1691 100 (4x25) gray Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 50 (2x25) 6 mm wide 249-116 gray Protective warning marker, WMB Multi marking system, Screwless end stop, with high-voltage symbol, black, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for DIN 35 rail, for 5 terminal blocks stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 10 mm wide 5 2006-115 100 (4x25) 793-5501 249-117 yellow plain gray Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll 1 white 2009-110 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) Disconnect and Ground Conductor Disconnect Terminal Blocks S 1 61 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” Ground conductor disconnect terminal block – top view 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. H2 LED/Neon lamp green H1 LED/Neon lamp red H2 LED/Neon lamp green F1 T1 H1 LED/Neon lamp red H2 LED/Neon lamp green F1 K2 Operating condition Slide link closed, auxiliary circuit grounded, green lamp illuminates. K1 T1 H1 LED/Neon lamp red F1 K2 K1 T1 K2 K1 Test condition – no grounding Slide link open, auxiliary circuit not grounded. Test condition – grounding Slide link open, auxiliary circuit not grounded, red lamp illuminates. IEC 60204/DIN VDE 0113 “Electrical equipment of industrial machines, part 1: General requirements” 9.4.3.1: In the case of electronic circuits, the connection of one side of the control circuit to the protective bonding circuit in accordance with 9.1.4 can prevent unintentional operation. When this does not help, or if due to other reasons electronic circuits cannot be connected to the protective bonding circuit, other measures shall be taken to achieve the same level of safety. Ground faults on control circuits shall not cause unintentional starting, hazardous movements or prevent stopping the machine. In order to fulfill this requirement, bonding to the protective bonding circuit shall be provided in accordance with 8.2 and the devices shall be connected as described in 9.1.4. Control circuits fed from a transformer and not connected to the protective bonding circuit shall be provided with an insulation monitoring device (e.g., residual current device), which either indicates an ground fault or interrupts the circuit automatically after an ground fault. Multipole control switches which interrupt all live conductors shall be used where the control circuit is directly connected between the phase conductors of the supply or between a phase conductor and a neutral conductor, which is either not grounded or grounded through a high impedance. This is required for starting or stopping those machine functions, which can cause a hazardous situation including: damaging the machine or halting the work in progress, in the event of unintentional starting or failure to stop. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating position. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position. Terminal block assembly including: Through terminal blocks N-conductor disconnect terminal blocks Fuse terminal blocks for mini-automotive fuses TOPJOB® S Fuse Terminal Blocks for Mini-Automotive Blade-Style Fuses 6 (10) mm² 2006 Series 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 25 A (30 A) 3 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 25 A (30 A) 3 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4 38,2 mm/1.5 in 38,2 mm/1.5 in 96,3 mm/3.79 in Circuit I 38,2 mm/1.5 in 96,3 mm/3.79 in Circuit II Circuit I 96,3 mm/3.79 in Circuit II Circuit I Item No. Item No. 2006-1681/1000-429 25 2006-1681/1000-449 25 Circuit II Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 12V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. Circuit I Circuit II 32,9 mm/1.29 in 37,9mm/1.49 in 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 25 A (30 A) 3 32,9 mm/1.29 in 37,9mm/1.49 in 62 32,9 mm/1.29 in 37,9mm/1.49 in 1 Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 24V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. Circuit I Circuit II Item No. 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, 48V, with test point, with blown fuse indication by LED, LED power consumption: 4.8 mA, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. 2006-1681/1000-413 25 2006-1681/1000-434 25 Other terminal blocks with the same profile: 2006-1601 Through Page 60 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Protective warning marker, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2006-1692 100 (4x25) with high-voltage symbol, black, orange 2006-1691 100 (4x25) for 5 terminal blocks gray 2006-115 100 (4x25) yellow Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, WMB Multi marking system, IN 41 A, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm light gray 50 (2x25) 2006-402 793-5501 2-way plain 5 50 (2x25) Marking strip, plain, 2006-403 3-way 11 mm wide, 50 (2x25) 2006-404 4-way 50 m roll 50 (2x25) 2006-405 5-way 2009-110 white 1 Double-deck marker carrier, Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, pivoting IN 41 A, 50 (2x25) light gray gray 2002-121 50 (2x25) 2006-433 from 1 to 3 50 (2x25) 2006-434 from 1 to 4 50 (2x25) 2006-435 from 1 to 5 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Pack. Unit Circuit I Circuit II 2006-1681/1000-414 25 2006-1681/1000-435 25 S 1 63 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 25 A (30 A) 3 Irat — Displacement % 40 1 30 20 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 4 Ambient temperature °C 10 0 -10 -20 -30 23°C -40 0 20 40 60 32,9 mm/1.29 in 37,9mm/1.49 in -20 2 500 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 LED power consumption: 4.8 mA 38,2 mm/1.5 in 96,3 mm/3.79 in 4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Current-carrying capacity [A] Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse terminal block for mini-automotive blade-style fuses, with test point, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. Blade-style fuses, please note touchproof protection for 42V and higher. gray 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2006-1681 25 Blade-style fuses (not offered by WAGO) Excess-current circuit-breaker, thermal (not offered by WAGO) Recommended excess-current circuit-breakers from ETA 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Commning It 4 Fuse ... A / Cross section ... mm² Individual arrangement 3 2 1 2 3 4 10 A / 2.5 mm² 15 A / 2.5 mm² 20 A / 2.5 mm² 30 A / 4 mm² 1 0 10 20 30 85 75 65 55 Temperature rise 40 45 50 ∆ T [K] Ambient operating 45 40 35 temperature [°C] Diagram: Individual arrangement The rated currents of the fuse cartridges are defined differently in international standards. Due to the different current rating definitions, the recommended current-carrying permanent capacity of the fuses is max. 80% of their rated current according to DIN 72581 part 3 (for an ambient operating temperature of 23°C). Selecting the correct fuse cartridge is important for product safety within applications, as well as for fuse cartridge service life and reliability. Fuse cartridges may be used as protection (break-off point) if they are properly selected and used according to manufacturer specifications. Current-carry capacity [A] 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Commoning It Fuse ... A / Cross section ... mm² 4 In a group 1 2 3 4 3 2 10 A / 2.5 mm² 15 A / 2.5 mm² 20 A / 4 mm² 25 A / 4 mm² 1 0 10 20 30 85 75 65 55 Temperature rise 40 45 50 ∆ T [K] Ambient operating 45 40 35 temperature [°C] Diagram: Block arrangement Information from the mini-automotive blade-type fuse manufacturers FT % Derating Tamb /°C 14 – 25 0.877 13 – 20 0.885 12 – 15 0.893 11 – 10 0.901 10 – 5 0.909 9 0 0.917 8 5 0.926 6 10 0.943 4 15 0.962 2 20 0.980 0 23 1.000 – 2 30 1.020 – 4 35 1.042 – 6 40 1.064 – 8 45 1.087 – 10 50 1.111 – 13 55 1.149 – 16 60 1.190 – 19 65 1.235 – 22 70 1.282 Regarding product safety, it is in generally necessary to test fuse cartridges under normal conditions and operational failures within your application. 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 15 AU IN 10 A 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 10 A Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 59 mm/2.32 in 64 59 mm/2.32 in 1 TOPJOB® S Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder for Miniature Fuses 5 x 20 mm, 5 x 30 mm, ¼“ x1¼“, 2006 Series 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 96,3 mm/3.79 in Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm gray 2006-1611 4 See application notes for: Star point jumper, page 103 96,3 mm/3.79 in 25 for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm 2006-1621 gray 25 for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 2006-1631 gray 25 Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder, gray, with blown fuse indication by LED Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm 2006-1611/1000-541 2006-1611/1000-542 2006-1611/1000-867 2006-1611/1000-836 25 25 25 25 for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm 12 - 30 V 2006-1621/1000-541 30 - 65 V 2006-1621/1000-542 120 V 2006-1621/1000-867 230 V 2006-1621/1000-836 380 - 500 V 2006-1621/1000-859 25 25 25 25 25 for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 12 - 30 V 2006-1631/1000-541 30 - 65 V 2006-1631/1000-542 120 V 2006-1631/1000-867 230 V 2006-1631/1000-836 380 - 500 V 2006-1631/1000-859 25 25 25 25 25 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V Pivoting the fuse holder in the locked open position. 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick Opening the cover to replace the fuse. IN 41 A, orange 2006-1692 100 (4x25) light gray gray 2006-1691 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) from 1 to 3 2006-433 50 (2x25) End plate for fuse terminal blocks, from 1 to 4 2006-434 50 (2x25) 2 mm thick from 1 to 5 2006-435 orange 2006-992 100 (4x25) gray 2006-991 100 (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, Protective warning marker, IN 41 A, with high-voltage symbol, black, light gray for 5 terminal blocks 50 (2x25) 2-way yellow 2006-402 2006-115 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) Test plug, 3-way 2006-403 50 (2x25) 4-way with 500 mm cable, 2006-404 50 (2x25) 5-way 2 mm Ø 2006-405 50 red 210-136 Star point jumper, insulated, WMB Multi marking system, 4 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 1-3-5 stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 2006-405/011-000 5 50 (2x25) plain 793-5501 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. S TOPJOB® S Fuse Disconnect Terminal Blocks with Pivoting Fuse Holder for Miniature Fuses ¼“ x 1¼“, 2006 Series S 65 Terminal block width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 1 59 mm/2.32 in 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 IN 10 A 59 mm/2.32 in 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 800 V/8 kV/3 2 600 V, 15 AU IN 10 A 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 800 V = rated voltage 8 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 96,3 mm/3.79 in Pack. Unit Fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder and end plate, without blown fuse indication Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ gray 4 See application notes for: Star point jumper, page 103 96,3 mm/3.79 in Item No. 2006-1631/099-000 25 Pack. Unit Item No. Fuse disconnect terminal block with pivoting fuse holder and end plate, gray, with blown fuse indication by LED Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA, for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V 380 - 500 V 2006-1631/1099-541 2006-1631/1099-542 2006-1631/1099-867 2006-1631/1099-836 2006-1631/1099-859 25 25 25 25 25 Pivoting fuse holder with spare fuse holders Protective warning markers must be applied individually. Due to the 10.4 mm width of the fuse terminal blocks with pivoting fuse holder, 2002 Series jumpers must be used. 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End plate for fuse terminal blocks, 2 mm thick orange 2006-992 gray 2006-991 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 9 2002-439 Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 100 (4x25) 6 mm wide 100 (4x25) gray 249-116 Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide 200 (8x25) gray 249-117 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Star point jumper, insulated, 4 IN = IN terminal block, light gray 1-3-5 2002-405/011-000 100 (4x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2006-115 100 (4x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 5 plain 793-5501 Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 50 red 210-136 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 1 Miniature fuses 100 (4x25) Series Item No. Overload and short circuit protection Individual argmt. 50 (2x25) 2006-1611 7.5 2006-1621 7.5 2006-1631 7.5 2006-1631 /099-... 10.4 2006-1631 /1099-... 10.4 Group argmt. Short circuit protection only Individual argmt. Group argmt. Fused disconnect terminal blocks 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W When selecting miniature fuses, the maximum power loss listed below should not be exceeded. The power loss is determined according to IEC or EN 60947-7-3/VDE 0611-6 at 23°C. The temperature rise of the terminal blocks must be checked according to their application and mounting. Higher ambient temperatures represent an additional impact on miniature fuses. Therefore, in such applications the rated current must be reduced if necessary. More details are available from the fuse manufacturer. 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2 IN 30 A Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 15 mm / 0.591 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 106,9 mm/4.21 in Item No. 33 mm/1.3 in 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 AC/DC 1000 V/ DC 1500 V/12 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 33 mm/1.3 in 66 59,2 mm/2.33 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement 1500 VDC, Carrier/ Through Terminal Blocks of Same Profile 6 (10) mm²/30 A, 2006 Series 106,9 mm/4.21 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with test point, orange disconnect link 12 2006-8671 gray 12 blue 2006-8674 106,9 mm/4.21 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor carrier terminal block, with test point gray blue 2006-8661 2006-8664 2-conductor through terminal block, with test point, same profile as 2-conductor disconnect terminal block 12 12 gray blue Item-Specific Accessories Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited when using a carrier terminal block as disconnect terminal block 48 (4x12) 2006-8401 orange 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2006-8692 48 orange 2006-8691 48 gray Protective warning marker, 4 with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks 2006-115 100 yellow Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 41 A, light gray 50 2006-433 from 1 to 3 50 2006-435 from 1 to 5 (4x12) (4x12) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm 793-501 plain WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm 793-501/000-002 yellow 793-501/000-005 red 793-501/000-006 blue 793-501/000-007 gray 793-501/000-012 orange 793-501/000-017 light green 793-501/000-023 green 793-501/000-024 violet 5 5 Lockout cap, Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, for conductor entry hole and operating 50 m roll slot 25 2006-191 2009-110 white gray WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-115 white Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Pack. Unit 1 1 2006-8601 2006-8604 12 12 S 1 67 Disconnect/test terminal block with knife disconnect (2006-8671) in disconnect position Both 2006-8671 and 2006-8661 TOPJOB® S disconnect terminal blocks have been specially designed for use in photovoltaic and wind power systems, where voltages exceeding 1,000 V (IEC) and 600 V (UL) are required (e.g., generator junction boxes). · Ideal for high voltages in renewable energy applications · Disconnect terminal blocks with two alternative disconnect options: with orange knife disconnect (2006-8671) with orange disconnect plug (2006-8661) · This 2006 Series terminal blocks are approved for 30 A/1,500 VDC (IEC) or 1,000 VDC (UL) · With a terminal block width of 15 mm, the maximum cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is 10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled conductors. · Equipped with test slots · Compatible with through terminal blocks of the same profile and all other TOPJOB® S terminal blocks 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 AC/DC 1000 V = rated voltage DC 1500 V 12 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 4 Protective warning marker must be applied individually. Carrier terminal block (2006-8661) with receptacle for orange disconnect plug Orange disconnect plug (2006-8401) in operating position Orange disconnect plug (2006-8401) in parked position Commoning a 15 mm wide terminal block via push-in type jumper bars: 1 to 3 (2006-433) and 1 to 5 (2006-435). Cover seals unused conductor entry. Test slots on both terminal block sides allow for direct measurement. Alternatively, measurement can also be performed using TOPJOB® S connectors (2006-511) from terminal block 1 to 2. Spacer modules (2006-549) must be used to compensate for the 15 mm terminal block width. 1 TOPJOB® S 2007-8821 Current Transformer Terminal Blocks (Orange Disconnect Link) 68 Circuit jumper Jumper slot Disconnect link in operating position I Jumper slot Test socket Test socket Conductor entry Conductor entry Transformer side Circuit jumper Jumper slot Meter side Disconnect link in shorting position II The TOPJOB® S current transformer (disconnect/test) terminal block (2007-8821) has been specially designed for current and voltage transformer circuits to measure the current transformer’s operability. First, the current transformer is shorted via disconnect link and circuit jumper (insert jumper, move disconnect link from operation position I to shorting position II, activate shorting path). Connecting a measuring device via test socket on the meter side can only be performed once circuit disconnection is complete (disconnect link in measuring position III). · Features top-of-unit circuit jumper slot for shorting path activation. · Disconnect link provides intuitive and easy operation, as well as exact switching status indication. · Combines high functionality with compact design (99.6 mm long and 8 mm wide). · All 2007 Series terminal blocks are rated 30 A/500 V (IEC) and 300 V (UL). · With a terminal block width of 8 mm, the maximum cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is 10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled conductors. · Touch-proof test sockets for 4 mm Ø test plugs on transformer and meter side. · Compatible with through and ground conductor terminal blocks of same profile. Jumper slot Test socket Test socket Conductor entry Conductor entry Transformer side Circuit jumper Jumper slot Meter side Disconnect link in measuring position III (test current measurement) Jumper slot Test socket Test socket Conductor entry Conductor entry Transformer side Meter side Preparing the shorting path for current transformer circuits Inserting insulated, touch-proof circuit jumpers into jumper slot. Using locking covers or profiles for adjacent terminal blocks allows disconnect links to be operated simultanously. CAGE CLAMP®S clamps the following copper conductors:* solid * For aluminum conductors, see notes in Section 14. stranded fine-stranded, also with tinned single strands TOPJOB® S Implementing a Current and Voltage Transformer Circuit 1 Disconnect link in operating position I 69 Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 1 2007-844x circuit jumper 1 2 Terminal blocks required: 2 x disconnect/test terminal block 2007-8821 1 x circuit jumper, orange 2007-8442 optional with locking covers or interlocking links In operating position, the measuring device is connected to the transformer, the circuit jumper is inserted and the disconnect link is in position I. Disconnect link in shorting position II Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 2007-844x circuit jumper 1 2 The transformer is not disconnected from the measuring device yet, the shorting path is activated by moving the disconnect link into shorting position II and the transformer is safely shorted. Measuring, disconnect link in measuring position III / test current measurement Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 2007-844x circuit jumper ~ 1 2 The measuring device/relay is electrically disconnected from the transformer. If required, an external voltage can be applied to the measuring device/relay via the test socket. Measurement testing via both test sockets Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 2007-844x circuit jumper 1 A 2 Terminal block 1: Disconnect link in operating position I Terminal block 2: Disconnect link in measuring position III fine-stranded, tip-bonded Measurement testing: First insert the reference current meter (A) into the test socket, then move the disconnect link into measurement position III (test current measurement). fine-stranded, with ferrule (gastight crimped) fine-stranded, with pin terminal (gastight crimped) Measuring set for a 3-phase current transformer Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 2007-844x circuit jumper l 1 k 2 l 3 k 4 Terminal blocks required: 6 x disconnect/test terminal block 2007-8821 3 x circuit jumper, orange 2007-8442 In addition: interlocking links, locking covers, lock-outs l 5 k 6 Pairs of disconnect links are interconnected via locking covers or interlocking links. Measurement testing is performed after the interlocking is released. Measuring set for a 3-phase current transformer with ‘Y‘ point Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper Jumper slot for 2007-844x circuit jumper 2007-844x circuit jumper 1 k k 2 k 3 l 4 Terminal blocks required: 6 x disconnect/test terminal block 2007-8821 1 x circuit jumper, orange 2007-8446 1 x jumper, orange 282-433 In addition: interlocking links, locking covers, lock-outs l 70 l 1 Examples for Current Transformer Circuits 5 6 All 6 disconnect links are interconnected via via locking covers or interlocking links. TOPJOB® S 2007-8811 Voltage Transformer Terminal Blocks (Light Gray Disconnect Link) 1 71 Disconnect link in measuring position (Voltage measurement) Jumper slot Disconnect link in operating position Jumper slot Test socket Test socket Conductor entry Conductor entry Transformer side Meter side The TOPJOB® S voltage transformer (disconnect/test) terminal block (2007-8811) has been specially designed for voltage transformer circuits. First, the voltage transformer must be disconnected from the circuit (from operating position to measurting position). Connecting a measuring device via test socket on the meter side can only be performed once circuit disconnection is completed (measuring position). · For voltage transformer circuits (no circuit jumper slot required as for current transformer terminal block 2007-8821). · Disconnect link provides intuitive and easy operation, as well as exact switching status indication. · Combines high functionality with compact design (99.6 mm long and 8 mm wide). · All 2007 Series terminal blocks are rated at 30 A/500 V (IEC) and 300 V (UL). · With a terminal block width of 8 mm, the maximum cross-section for solid and fine-stranded conductors is 10 mm² (AWG 8) and 6 mm² (AWG 10) for ferruled conductors. · Touch-proof test sockets for 4 mm Ø test plugs on transformer and meter side. · Compatible with through and ground conductor terminal blocks of same profile. Example for voltage transformer testing Measuring set for single-phase voltage transformer testing Conductor entry Test socket Jumper slot for 282-43x jumper 2 1 Terminal blocks required: 1 x disconnect/test terminal block 1 x through terminal block 1 x end plate, orange In addition: locking cover, lock-out 2007-8811 2007-8801 2007-8892 Disconnecting the voltage transformer from the circuit: Move disconnect link from operating position to measuring position. Voltage measurement: Connecting a measuring device via test socket on the meter side can only be performed after disconnection is completed (measuring position). Marking Commoning Locking cover for disconnect links Marking via WMB Multi markers or marking strips. Additional commoning option via circuit-related jumpers or testing via test plug adapters (209-170) on transformer side Multipole switching via snap-on type, transparent (locking) cover for disconnect links. 1 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 30 A 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 30 A Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 99,6 mm/3.92 in Item No. 46,8 mm/1.85 in 65,3 mm/2.57 in 72 65,3 mm/2.57 in 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Terminal Blocks for Test and Measurement, 6 mm²/30 A, for Current and Voltage Transformer Circuits, 2007 Series 99,6 mm/3.92 in Pack. Unit Item No. 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, e.g., current transformer circuits, with receptacle for adjacent jumper with switch lever, with touch-proof test sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2007-8821 20 gray 99,6 mm/3.93 in Pack. Unit 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, e.g., voltage transformer circuits, with touch-proof test sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2007-8811 Item No. Pack. Unit 2-conductor through terminal block, with touch-proof test socket, for 4 mm Ø test plug 20 gray 2007-8801 20 Item-Specific Accessories Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, orange, IN 30 A 2007-8442 50 (5x10) 2-way 2007-8443 50 (5x10) 3-way 2007-8444 50 (5x10) 4-way 2007-8445 50 (5x10) 5-way 2007-8446 50 (5x10) 6-way 2007-8447 50 (5x10) 7-way 2007-8448 50 (5x10) 8-way 2006 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, without use of lock-out seal 2007-8892 50 orange 2007-8891 50 gray End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, for use of lock-out seal 2007-8894 50 orange 2007-8893 50 gray Lock-out, for disconnect link 2007-8899 100 yellow Locking cover, transparent, mechanically locks multiple links 282-881 50 1-pole 282-882 50 2-pole 282-883 50 3-pole 282-884 50 4-pole 282-885 50 5-pole 282-886 50 6-pole 282-887 50 7-pole 282-888 50 8-pole (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x20) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) (5x10) Jumper, insulated, Jumper, special design, IN 30 A, IN 30 A, orange orange 50 (5x10) 1-3-5 2-way 282-432 282-435/011-000 50 (5x10) 1-2-4-6 3-way 282-433 282-436/301-000 50 (5x10) 1-3-5-7 4-way 282-434 282-437/011-000 50 (5x10) 1-4-7 5-way 282-435 282-437/012-000 50 (5x10) 1-2-5-8 6-way 282-436 282-438/300-000 50 (5x10) 1-4-7-8 7-way 282-437 282-438/301-000 50 (5x10) 1-3-5-7-9 8-way 282-438 282-439/011-000 50 (5x10) 50 (5x10) 9-way 282-439 50 (5x10) 10-way 282-440 Jumper with safety lid, insulated, Protective warning marker, IN 30 A, with high-voltage symbol, black, orange for 5 terminal blocks 2006-115 100 (4x25) 2-way yellow 282-432/100-000 3-way WMB Multi marking system, 282-433/100-000 4-way 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 282-434/100-000 50 (5x10) for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm 5 793-501 plain Marking strip, plain, Interlocking link, 11 mm wide, mechanically locks multiple links, 50 m roll 1 m/3’3’’ long 1 1 210-254 2009-110 white transparent Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. S 1 73 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 8 1 46,8 mm/1.85 in Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in L 13 - 15 mm / 0.55 in 3 The terminal blocks feature integrated test sockets for touch-proof 4 mm Ø test plugs. 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 99,6 mm/3.93 in Item No. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 10 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 10 mm² “s” and 1.5 mm² – 6 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Pack. Unit 2-conductor ground terminal block, with touch-proof test socket, for 4 mm Ø test plug green-yellow 2007-8807 20 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm, yellow k/l (50x) 794-5553/000-002 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, for terminal widths 5 - 17.5 mm, blue U/V (50x) 794-5554/000-006 Lock-out prevents accidental operation of disconnect link. Lock-out snaps into one of two notched positions. Interlocking link for mechanical interlocking of several links for multi-pole switching A lock-out seal can be used on the disconnect link in operating position I in connection with end and separator plate (2007-8893 or 2007-8894) 5 5 1 74 TOPJOB® S Terminal Block Assemblies for Current and Voltage Transformers 2007 Series Item No. for 2007-8873 Description 249-117 Screwless end stop, 10 mm wide 282-882 Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 2-pole 282-884 Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 4-pole 2007-8442 Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, 2-way 2007-8807 2-conductor ground terminal block, with touch-proof test socket, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2007-8811 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2007-8821 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2007-8892 End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, without use of lock-out seal 2009-135 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 282-435/011-000 Jumper, insulated, 1-3-5 Assembly width incl. end stop 11.2 cm L1 13 14 Quantity 2 3 1 3 1 4 6 2 21 Markers 1 L2 L3 A C B D L1 IL1 L1 PE IL1 N IL2 L3 L2 L1 L2 IL2 L2 L3 IL3 L3 I-S1 k-S2 I-S1 k-S2 I-S1 k-S2 IL3 N N N IN 750-493 3-Phase Power Measurement Module Terminal Block Assembly for 750 Series Current and Voltage Transformers 2007 Series Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Current Transformers 855 Series S 1 75 Item No. for 2007-8876 Description 249-117 Screwless end stop, 10 mm wide 282-369 Collective carrier for jumpers, for DIN 35 rail, for jumpers for transverse switching terminal block (282-811) and longitudinal switching disconnect terminal block (282-821) 282-882 Locking cover, mechanically locks multiple links, 2-pole 2007-8442 Adjacent jumper for switch lever, insulated, 2-way 2007-8821 2-conductor disconnect terminal block for test and measurement, with touch-proof test sockets, for 4 mm Ø test plug 2007-8892 End and separator plate, 1.5 mm thick, without use of lock-out seal 2009-135 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 282-435/011-000 Jumper, insulated, 1-3-5 Assembly width incl. end stop 8.5 cm Quantity 2 1 3 3 6 1 12 Markers 1 1 TOPJOB® S 2004 Series Fuse Plugs on 2002 Series Carrier Terminal Blocks 1 76 Fuse plug with pull-tab for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm 250 V / IN 6.3 A Fuse plug with pull-tab for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm 250 V / IN 6.3 A Plug width 6.1 mm / 0.24 in Plug width 6.1 mm / 0.24 in Accessories Item No. Pack. Unit Fuse plug with pull-tab, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. gray 2004-911 50 Pack. Unit Item No. Fuse plug with pull-tab, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm, with indicator lamp, gray Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA 2004-911/1000-541 2004-911/1000-542 2004-911/1000-867 2004-911/1000-836 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V 50 50 50 50 Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 1 4 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-1661 gray 2002-1961 gray 50 50 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1692 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1992 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1691 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1991 100 (4x25) gray 3-conductor carrier terminal block, Double-deck carrier terminal block, 2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in gray 2002-1761 50 2002-2961 L/L 50 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick Double-deck carrier terminal block, 2002-1792 100 (4x25) orange 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 2002-1791 100 (4x25) gray Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-2963 L/N 50 4-conductor carrier terminal block, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 orange 2002-2992 100 (4x25) Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in gray 2002-2991 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1861 50 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick End plate for fuse terminal blocks, 2002-1892 100 (4x25) orange 2 mm thick 2002-1891 100 (4x25) gray orange 2002-992 100 (4x25) gray 2002-991 100 (4x25) Shorting link, 5 x 20 mm, if the fuse plug is used as disconnect plug IN 6.3 A Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 281-503 250 (10x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501 plain WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 793-5501/000-002 yellow 793-5501/000-005 red 793-5501/000-006 blue 793-5501/000-007 gray 793-5501/000-012 orange 793-5501/000-017 light green 793-5501/000-023 green 793-5501/000-024 violet 5 5 Technical Information S 1 77 71 mm/2.79 in 5 1 1 2 3 4 Fuse plug dimensions: 1 66.5 mm/2.62 in for 2002-1661 2 76.8 mm/3.02 in for 2002-1761 3 87.5 mm/3.45 in for 2002-1861 3 72.9 mm/2.87 in for 2002-1961 4 with inserted fuse plug Using pluggable fuse holders with rail-mount terminal blocks for control circuit protection is highly advantageous for the user since the function and the wiring are accomplished by two separate parts: · No additional cost for assembly and wiring · No risk of accidental contact with live parts during disconnection of fuse plug · If exchanging a defective fuse, the fuse plug is completely separated from the carrier terminal block. This provides safe fuse changeout away from current carrying parts. · The fuse plug can be removed by service personnel, avoiding unintentional reclosing of the circuit by another person. · Quick replacement a fuse by using a prepared “stand-by plug.“ Miniature fuses 5 x 20 Series Item No. Overload and short circuit protection Individual argmt. Group argmt. Short circuit protection only Individual argmt. Group argmt. Fuse terminal blocks 2004-911 2004-911/....-.... 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W The following fuse plug features provide quick and safe handling: · Optional LED indicates blown fuse · Marking slot on the fuse plug for clear coordination to the correct carrier terminal block · Two touch-proof test slots · High density with only 6.1 mm width of terminal block/ fuse plug · Instead of a fuse, a shorting link may be used as a disconnect plug. 0,9 5,2 N L1 N L2 N L3 Open side of terminal block left Please note: The extra width of the plug (6.1 mm compared to 5.2 mm for carrier terminal blocks) must be compensated for by intermediate plates (1 mm) when building an assembly of carrier terminal blocks equipped with fuse plugs. TOPJOB® S Fuse Plugs on Carrier Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm² 2006 Series 1 78 Fuse plug with pull-tab Fuse plug with pull-tab Fuse plug with pull-tab 800 V / IN 10 A Plug width 7.4 mm / 0.291 in 800 V / IN 10 A Plug width 7.4 mm / 0.291 in 800 V / IN 10 A Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in Item No. Item No. Fuse plug with pull-tab Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm 2006-911 25 for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm 2006-921 gray 25 for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 2006-931 gray 25 gray Pack. Unit Fuse plug with pull-tab, gray, with indicator lamp Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA, for miniature fuses 5 x 20 mm 2006-911/1000-541 2006-911/1000-542 2006-911/1000-867 2006-911/1000-836 25 25 25 25 for miniature fuses 5 x 30 mm 2006-921/1000-541 12 - 30 V 2006-921/1000-542 30 - 65 V 2006-921/1000-867 120 V 2006-921/1000-836 230 V 2006-921/1000-859 380 - 500 V 25 25 25 25 25 for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 2006-931/1000-541 12 - 30 V 2006-931/1000-542 30 - 65 V 2006-931/1000-867 120 V 2006-931/1000-836 230 V 2006-931/1000-859 380 - 500 V 25 25 25 25 25 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V Item-Specific Accessories End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2006-1692 orange 2006-1691 gray Pack. Unit Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2006-1692 orange 2006-1691 gray Item No. Pack. Unit Fuse plug with pull-tab Both nominal voltage and current are given by the fuse. for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ gray 2006-931/099-000 25 Item-Specific Accessories 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Intermediate plate, 2.9 mm thick 2006-1696 orange 2006-1695 gray 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) Accessories fuse plugs Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End plate for fuse terminal blocks, Shorting link, 5 x 20 mm, Screwless end stop, 2 mm thick if the fuse plug is used as disconnect plug for DIN 35 rail, orange 6 mm wide 2006-992 100 (4x25) gray gray 2006-991 100 (4x25) 281-503 250 (10x25) 249-116 IN 6.3 A 2-conductor carrier terminal block, Screwless end stop, WMB Multi marking system, 0.5 - 6 (10) mm² / AWG 20 - 8 for DIN 35 rail, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in 10 mm wide stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm 5 25 gray 2006-1661 793-5501 249-117 gray plain Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) S 1 79 Using pluggable fuse holders with rail-mounted terminal blocks for control circuit protection is highly advantageous for the user, as the function and the wiring are accomplished by two separate parts: · No additional cost for assembly and wiring · No risk of accidental contact with live parts during disconnection of fuse plug · If exchanging a defective fuse, the fuse plug is completely separated from the carrier terminal block. This provides changeout away from current carrying parts. · The fuse plug can be removed by service personnel, avoiding unintentional reclosing of the circuit by another person · Quick replacement a fuse by using a prepared “stand-by plug.” Fuse plug with pull-tab 800 V / IN 10 A Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in The following features of the fuse plug ensure quick and safe use: · Optional LED indicates blown fuse · Markable fuse plug for clear coordination to the correct carrier terminal block · Two touch-proof test slots · High density with only 7.5 mm width of terminal block and fuse plug width 7.4 (10.4) mm · Instead of a fuse, a shorting link may be used as a disconnect plug Miniature fuses 72 mm/2.83 in Series Item No. Item No. Pack. Unit Fuse plug with pull-tab, gray, with indicator lamp Both nominal voltage and current are given by the LED or fuse. Leakage current in case of blown fuse: LED 2mA, for miniature fuses 1/4“ x 11/4“ 12 - 30 V 30 - 65 V 120 V 230 V 380 - 500 V 2006-931/1099-541 2006-931/1099-542 2006-931/1099-867 2006-931/1099-836 2006-931/1099-859 93,3 mm/3.79 in 25 25 25 25 25 7,5 N L1 N L2 N L3 Item-Specific Accessories Intermediate plate, 2.9 mm thick orange 2006-1696 gray 2006-1695 Individual argmt. 2006-911 2006-921 2006-931 7.5 7.5 7.5 2006-931 /099-... 10.4 2006-931 /1099-... 10.4 Fuse plug dimensions 0,1 Overload and short circuit protection Open side of terminal block left 100 (4x25) When using the 10.4 mm wide plug, 100 (4x25) please note: The extra width of the plug (10.4 mm compared to 7.5 mm for carrier terminal blocks) must be compensated for by intermediate plates (2.9 mm) when building an assembly of carrier terminal blocks equipped with fuse plugs. Group argmt. Short circuit protection only Individual argmt. Group argmt. Fused disconnect terminal blocks 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 1.6 W 1.6 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 2.5 W 1 TOPJOB® S Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm² 2001 Series 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 24 VDC IF 0.025 A max. Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2 Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 2 19,9mm/0.78in 48,5 mm/1.91 in 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Circuit II Circuit I 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Circuit II Circuit I Item No. Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray 2001-1211/1000-411 100 2001-1211/1000-410 100 Circuit I Circuit II 2001-1311/1000-411 100 2001-1311/1000-410 100 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Circuit I 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Circuit II Circuit I Circuit II Item No. Through terminal blocks with same profile, see page 12 Pack. Unit 3-conductor LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! 2001-1321/1000-413 100 Circuit I 2001-1321/1000-434 100 Circuit II 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in Circuit I Circuit II Pack. Unit 2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit II 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in Circuit I 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 80 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 Pack. Unit 4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit I Circuit II Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 2001-1411/1000-411 100 2001-1411/1000-410 100 Item No. Pack. Unit 4-conductor LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! 2001-1421/1000-413 100 Circuit I 2001-1421/1000-434 100 Circuit II Circuit Configuration Examples Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks S 1 81 1 Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2001-1211/1000-410 or 2001-1211/1000-411 These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits. Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 2001 Series Accessories Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2001-1311/1000-410 or 2001-1311/1000-411 Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2001-1411/1000-410 or 2001-1411/1000-411 Circuit-related voltage indications can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2001-1321/1000-434 or 2001-1321/1000-413 Circuit-related voltage indications can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2001-1421/1000-434 or 2001-1421/1000-413 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2001-171 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray 2-way 2001-402 3-way 2001-403 4-way 2001-404 5-way 2001-405 6-way 2001-406 7-way 2001-407 8-way 2001-408 9-way 2001-409 10-way 2001-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 18 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2001-433 from 1 to 4 2001-434 from 1 to 5 2001-435 from 1 to 6 2001-436 from 1 to 7 2001-437 from 1 to 8 2001-438 from 1 to 9 2001-439 from 1 to 10 2001-440 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) TOPJOB® S Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 24 VDC IF 0.025 A max. Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 19,9mm/0.78in 48,5 mm/1.91 in 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Circuit II Circuit I 30,6 mm/1.2 in 59,2 mm/2.33 in Circuit II Circuit I Item No. Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray 2002-1211/1000-411 100 2002-1211/1000-410 100 Circuit I Circuit II 2002-1311/1000-411 100 2002-1311/1000-410 100 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Circuit I 30,6 mm/1.2 in 69,9 mm/2.75 in Circuit II Circuit I Circuit II Item No. Through terminal blocks with same profile, see page 14 Pack. Unit 3-conductor LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! 2002-1321/1000-413 100 Circuit I 2002-1321/1000-434 100 Circuit II 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in Circuit I Circuit II Pack. Unit 2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit II 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in Circuit I 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 82 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 Pack. Unit 4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit I Circuit II Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 2002-1411/1000-411 100 2002-1411/1000-410 100 Item No. Pack. Unit 4-conductor LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Notice: This LED terminal block cannot be commoned with push-in type jumper bars! 2002-1421/1000-413 100 Circuit I 2002-1421/1000-434 100 Circuit II Circuit Configuration Examples Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks S 1 83 1 Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-1211/1000-410 or 2002-1211/1000-411 These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 2002 Series Accessories Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-1311/1000-410 or 2002-1311/1000-411 Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-1411/1000-410 or 2002-1411/1000-411 Circuit-related voltage indications can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-1321/1000-434 or 2002-1321/1000-413 Circuit-related voltage indications can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-1421/1000-434 or 2002-1421/1000-413 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) TOPJOB® S Diode Terminal Blocks 4 (6) mm² 2004 Series 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N5408 - 1.5 A continuous current 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N5408 - 1.5 A continuous current Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 2 Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 2 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 84 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 1 22,6mm/0.89in 52,3 mm/2.06 in Circuit I 35,8 mm/1.41 in 65,5 mm/2.58 in Circuit II Circuit I Circuit II Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. 3-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408 diode, gray Circuit I 2004-1311/1000-401 50 Circuit II 2004-1311/1000-400 50 32,9 mm/ 1.3 in 2-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408 diode, gray Circuit I 2004-1211/1000-401 50 Circuit II 2004-1211/1000-400 50 Pack. Unit 35,8 mm/1.41 in 78,7 mm/3.1 in Circuit I Circuit II Item No. Through terminal blocks with same profile, see page 18 Pack. Unit 4-conductor diode terminal block with 1N5408 diode, gray Circuit I 2004-1411/1000-401 50 Circuit II 2004-1411/1000-400 50 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Circuit Configuration Examples Diode Terminal Blocks S 1 85 1 Open diode gates can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2004-1211/1000-400 or 2004-1211/1000-401 These diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 2004 Series Accessories Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2004-1311/1000-400 or 2004-1311/1000-401 Polarized diode gates with common cathode can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2004-1411/1000-400 or 2004-1411/1000-401 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2004-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2004-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray 2-way 2004-402 3-way 2004-403 4-way 2004-404 5-way 2004-405 6-way 2004-406 7-way 2004-407 8-way 2004-408 9-way 2004-409 10-way 2004-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 32 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2004-433 from 1 to 4 2004-434 from 1 to 5 2004-435 from 1 to 6 2004-436 from 1 to 7 2004-437 from 1 to 8 2004-438 from 1 to 9 2004-439 from 1 to 10 2004-440 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Wire commoning chain, 50 connections, insulated, IN 8 A black 210-103 1 Wire commoning chain, 50 connections, insulated, IN 8 A blue 210-123 1 TOPJOB® S Double-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 24 VDC IF 0.025 A max. Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 69,7 mm/2.74 in Circuit I 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 86 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 1 69,7 mm/2.74 in Circuit II Circuit I 69,7 mm/2.74 in Circuit II Circuit I Pack. Unit Item No. 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in 51,7 mm/2.03 in 61,8 mm/2.43 in Circuit I Circuit II Pack. Unit Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes 1N4007, gray Circuit I 2002-2214/1000-492 50 Circuit II 2002-2214/1000-491 50 Item No. Pack. Unit Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes 1N4007, gray Circuit I 2002-2214/1000-489 50 Circuit II 2002-2214/1000-490 50 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Pack. Unit Double-deck LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Circuit I 2002-2221/1000-434 50 Circuit II 2002-2221/1000-413 50 69,7 mm/2.74 in Circuit II Item No. Item No. Double-deck diode terminal block with 2 diodes 1N4007, gray Circuit I 2002-2213/1000-487 50 Circuit II 2002-2213/1000-488 50 69,7 mm/2.74 in Circuit I Pack. Unit Item No. Double-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit I 2002-2211/1000-410 50 Circuit II 2002-2211/1000-411 50 Circuit II Through terminal blocks with same profile, see page 28 Circuit Configuration Examples Double-Deck Diode and LED Terminal Blocks S 1 87 1 Recovery diodes can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-2211/1000-410 or 2002-2211/1000-411 Lamp test circuits can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-2213/1000-487 or 2002-2213/1000-488 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 2002 Series Accessories End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-2292 100 (4x25) gray 2002-2291 100 (4x25) Double-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray 2002-121 Lamp test circuits can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-2214/1000-492 or 2002-2214/1000-491 Double-deck diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits. Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits. The terminal blocks provide high-density wiring, while maintaining a width of only 5 mm. Push-in type jumper bars provide additional options for custom circuit design. Collective fault signals can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-2214/1000-489 or 2002-2214/1000-490 Circuit-related voltage indications can be created using the following terminal blocks: 2002-2221/1000-434 or 2002-2221/1000-413 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 50 (2x25) 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) TOPJOB® S Triple-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks and LED Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 24 VDC IF 0.025 A max. Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 2 93,3 mm/3.67 in Circuit I 93,3 mm/3.67 in Circuit II Circuit I 93,3 mm/3.67 in Circuit II Circuit I Item No. 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 1N4007 - 0.5 A continuous current 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 88 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in 1 Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Triple-deck diode terminal block with 3 diodes 1N4007, gray Circuit I 2002-3212/1000-673 50 Circuit II 2002-3212/1000-674 50 93,3 mm/3.67 in Circuit I Circuit II Item No. Pack. Unit Triple-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit I 2002-3211/1000-675 50 Circuit II 2002-3211/1000-676 50 Through terminal blocks with same profile, see page 38 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Pack. Unit Triple-deck LED terminal block with red LED, 24 VDC, gray Circuit I 2002-3221/1000-434 50 Circuit II 2002-3221/1000-413 50 69,5 mm/2.74 in 81,3 mm/3.20 in Triple-deck diode terminal block with 1N4007 diode, gray Circuit I 2002-3211/1000-410 50 Circuit II 2002-3211/1000-411 50 Circuit II Circuit Configuration Example Triple-Deck Diode Terminal Blocks S 1 89 1 Triple-deck diode terminal blocks have been specially developed for custom diode circuits, such as lamp test and collective fault signal circuits. Using LED terminal blocks, monitoring units can be designed, e.g., for control and operating circuits. The terminal blocks provide high-density wiring, while maintaining a width of only 5.2 mm. Push-in type jumper bars provide additional options for custom circuit design. 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrules, 12 mm” 2 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. 2002 Series Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/WMB Inline/Marking strips (see Section 13) End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick End plate, orange 2002-3292 100 (4x25) gray 2002-3291 100 (4x25) Triple-deck marker carrier, pivoting gray Open diode gates can be created, which can be connected individually using the following terminal blocks: 2002-3212/1000-673 or 2002-3212/1000-674 Using push-in type jumper bars, individual levels can be turned into polarized diode gates. Double-deck and triple-deck LED terminal blocks for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick gray 2002-541 100 (4x25) Test plug, 2002-131 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 50 (2x25) with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 Test plug adapter, for 4 mm Ø test plug gray 2009-174 50 100 (4x25) 200 (8x25) Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm² gray 2009-182 100 (4x25) 200 (8x25) Banana plug, 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector, can be snapped together, for jumper contact slot gray 2002-511 100 (4x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks gray 2002-549 100 (4x25) for socket 4 mm Ø, color mixed 215-111 50 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 5 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 2009-115 1 Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 1 TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, 5 mm wide gray 2009-191 50 (2x25) Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide gray 249-116 100 (4x25) Screwless end stop, for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide gray 249-117 50 (2x25) TOPJOB® S Pluggable Diode Modules on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 1 90 S Diode module with 1N4007 diode UN 250 V, URM 1000 V 53,3 mm/2.1 in IN 1 A Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in 3-conductor carrier terminal block 1 2 3 4 These diode have been designed for use in lamp test circuits or collective fault indicating systems, and offer the following advantages: · Separation into functional and wiring level · Polarized direction of switching · Quick and easy exchange of modules · High density with only 5.2 mm width of terminal block and module Circuit I 3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in 4-conductor carrier terminal block 4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional jumper position 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 Circuit II Accessories Push-in type wire jumper, 5 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 60 mm L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Item No. Pack. Unit Diode module, with 1N4007 diode, max. operating temperature: 85°C, gray, 5.2 mm wide 2002-800/1000-411 100 Circuit I 2002-800/1000-410 100 Circuit II Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-1661 50 gray End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1692 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1691 100 (4x25) gray 3-conductor carrier terminal block, 2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-1761 50 gray End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1792 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1791 100 (4x25) gray Push-in type jumper bar 2002-410 Terminal block 2002-1601 4-conductor carrier terminal block, 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-1861 50 gray End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1892 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1891 100 (4x25) gray Diode modules 2002-800/1000-411 Terminal blocks 1-9 2002-1661 2-conductor carrier terminal block, Open side of terminal block left 4 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Diode gate for collective fault indication 2002-1961 50 gray End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-1992 100 (4x25) orange 2002-1991 100 (4x25) gray Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 5 IN 25 A, light gray 2002-402 2-way 2002-403 3-way 2002-404 4-way 2002-405 5-way 2002-406 6-way 2002-407 7-way 2002-408 8-way 2002-409 9-way 2002-410 10-way Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 Staggered jumper, 5 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 11-way 12-way 2002-472 2002-473 2002-474 2002-475 2002-476 2002-477 2002-478 2002-479 2002-480 2002-481 2002-482 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) TOPJOB® S Pluggable Diode Modules and Empty Component Plug Housings on Through Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm², 2002 Series Diode module with 1N4007 diode as free-wheeling diode UN 250 V, URM 1000 V S 91 1 53,3 mm/2.1 in IN 1 A Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in 1 2 3 Similar to a push-in jumper, these diode modules are simply pushed into the contact slots of the current bars for two adjacent through terminal blocks. This offers the following advantages: · These modules are suitable for all 2001 to 2006 Series through terminal blocks equipped with jumper slots (please note the module‘s width). · Easily retrofit terminal blocks with diode modules. 1 Length of 2002-1201: 48.5 mm / 1.91 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2 Length of 2002-1301: 59.5 mm / 2.34 in 3-conductor carrier terminal block 3 Length of 2002-1401: 70 mm / 2.76 in 4-conductor carrier terminal block 4 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 Accessories Item No. Pack. Unit Diode module, with 1N4007 diode as free-wheeling diode, max. operating temperature: 85°C, 10.4 mm wide gray 2002-880/1000-411 50 Empty component plug housing type 4, 2-pole, 10.4 mm wide gray 2002-880 Plugging a diode module into a through terminal block. Additional advantages: · Separation into functional and wiring level · Modules can be replaced quickly by other types of modules · Solder-free assembly of diodes, resistors, etc. Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 200 (8x25) Protective warning marker, with high-voltage symbol, black, for 5 terminal blocks yellow 2002-115 100 (4x25) Push-in type wire jumper, 4 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² L = 60 mm 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) 50 Through Term. Blocks and Accessories Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips 2-conductor through terminal block, 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 100 gray 2002-1201 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1292 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1291 100 (4x25) 3-conductor through terminal block, Opening the cover via operating tool 2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in (blade width 2.5 mm). 100 gray 2002-1301 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1392 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1391 100 (4x25) 4-conductor through terminal block, 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 100 gray 2002-1401 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1492 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1491 100 (4x25) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 1 200 (8x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 4 IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 Staggered jumper, 4 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 2002-472 2002-473 2002-474 2002-475 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 100 100 100 50 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) TOPJOB® S Pluggable LED Modules on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 1 92 S 53,3 mm/2.1 in LED module IN ≤ 3 mA Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block 1 2 3 4 The monitoring of control and operating current circuits with LED modules on rail-mounted terminal blocks provides several advantages to the user: · No additional cost for assembly and wiring · Separation into functional and wiring level · Modules can be replaced quickly and easily by other types of modules 2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in 3-conductor carrier terminal block 3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in 4-conductor carrier terminal block 4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional jumper position 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 Accessories Push-in type wire jumper, 5 insulated, IN 18 A, wire size 1.5 mm² L = 60 mm 2009-412 100 (10x10) L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) Item No. Pack. Unit LED module, with red LED, max. operating temperature: 85°C, 5.2 mm wide 12 - 30 V 2002-800/1000-541 100 30 - 65 V 2002-800/1000-542 100 230 V 2002-800/1000-836 100 Additional advantages: · Polarized direction of switching · High density with only 5.2 mm width of terminal block and module Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 50 gray 2002-1661 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-1692 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1691 100 (4x25) 32-conductor carrier terminal block, 2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 50 gray 2002-1761 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-1792 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1791 100 (4x25) Carrier terminal blocks 2002-1861 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 5 IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 2002-402 3-way 2002-403 4-way 2002-404 5-way 2002-405 6-way 2002-406 7-way 2002-407 8-way 2002-408 9-way 2002-409 10-way 2002-410 Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, light gray from 1 to 3 2002-433 from 1 to 4 2002-434 from 1 to 5 2002-435 from 1 to 6 2002-436 from 1 to 7 2002-437 from 1 to 8 2002-438 from 1 to 9 2002-439 from 1 to 10 2002-440 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 (8x25) (8x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) LED modules 2002-800/1000-541 4-conductor carrier terminal block, 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Open side of terminal block right Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 50 Voltage control refers to current circuits gray 2002-1861 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-1892 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1891 100 (4x25) 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 4 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 50 gray 2002-1961 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick orange 2002-1992 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1991 100 (4x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Staggered jumper, 5 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 11-way 12-way 2002-472 2002-473 2002-474 2002-475 2002-476 2002-477 2002-478 2002-479 2002-480 2002-481 2002-482 TOPJOB® S Pluggable LED Modules on Through Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series 1 93 LED module IN ≤ 3 mA S 53,3 mm/2.1 in 1 Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in 1 2 3 Similar to a push-in jumper, these LED modules are inserted into the current bar contact slots of two adjacent through terminal blocks. These modules are suitable for all 2001 to 2006 Series through terminal blocks equipped with jumper slots (please note the module‘s width). · Easily retrofit terminal blocks with diode modules. 1 Length of 2002-1201: 48.5 mm / 1.91 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2 Length of 2002-1301: 59.5 mm / 2.34 in 3-conductor carrier terminal block 3 Length of 2002-1401: 70 mm / 2.76 in 4-conductor carrier terminal block AC/DC Pack. Unit 3-conductor through terminal block, 2 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 100 gray 2002-1301 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1392 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1391 100 (4x25) Outputs 4-conductor through terminal block, 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Multiple outputs with indicator lamp 100 gray 2002-1401 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1492 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1491 100 (4x25) Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.25 - 0.5 mm² light gray 2002-171 Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip, 0.75 - 1 mm² dark gray 2002-172 200 (8x25) 200 (8x25) Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Outputs Terminal blocks 1-3 2002-1201 Term. blocks 4+5 2002-1401 Additional advantages: · Separation into functional and wiring level · Modules can be replaced quickly by other types of modules LED module 2002-880/1000-541 2-conductor through terminal block, 1 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 100 gray 2002-1201 End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm thick orange 2002-1292 100 (4x25) gray 2002-1291 100 (4x25) Testing can also be performed using 2-pole test plugs. Term. blocks 1-6 2002-1201 Through Term. Blocks and Accessories Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips Marking using WMB Multi markers and marker strips. Push-in type Outputs LED module jumper bars 2002-402 2002-880/1000-542 LED module, with red LED, max. operating temperature: 85°C, 10.4 mm wide 12 - 30 V 2002-880/1000-541 50 30 - 65 V 2002-880/1000-542 50 230 V 2002-880/1000-836 50 Input 48 V Item No. Outputs Input Control unit 1 94 TOPJOB® S Empty Component Plug Housings on Carrier Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm² 2002 Series Empty component plug housing Empty component plug housing Plug width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in Plug width 10.4 mm / 0.409 in S 1 Length of 2002-1661: 66.5 mm / 2.62 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block 2 Length of 2002-1761: 76.8 mm / 3.02 in 3-conductor carrier terminal block 3 Length of 2002-1861: 87.5 mm / 3.45 in 4-conductor carrier terminal block 4 Length of 2002-1961: 72.9 mm / 2.87 in 2-conductor carrier terminal block with additional jumper position 5 See application notes for: Colored push-in type jumper bars, page 101 Staggered jumper, page 104 Push-in type wire jumper, page 102 Item No. Empty component plug housing type 1, 2-pole, 5.2 mm wide 2002-800 gray Pack. Unit 100 Item No. Empty component plug housing type 2, 2-pole, 10.4 mm wide 2002-810 gray Empty component plug housing type 3, 4-pole, 10.4 mm wide 2002-820 gray Pack. Unit Accessories Staggered jumper, 5 insulated, IN 25 A, light gray 2-way 3-way 4-way 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 11-way 12-way 50 50 Carrier Term. Blocks and Accessories Appropriate marking system: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) 2002-472 2002-473 2002-474 2002-475 2002-476 2002-477 2002-478 2002-479 2002-480 2002-481 2002-482 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) (2x25) 2-conductor carrier terminal block, Push-in type wire jumper, 1 5 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 insulated, Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in IN 18 A, 2002-1661 gray 50 wire size 1.5 mm² 2009-412 100 (10x10) WMB Multi marking system, End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick L = 60 mm 2002-1692 100 (4x25) 10 strips with 10 markers per card, orange L = 110 mm 2009-414 100 (10x10) 2002-1691 100 (4x25) stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm gray L = 250 mm 2009-416 100 (10x10) plain 793-5501 WMB Multi marking system, plain, Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 3-conductor carrier terminal block, 2 5 10 strips with 10 markers per card, IN 25 A, 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in light gray 2002-1761 yellow 2002-402 200 (8x25) gray 2-way 50 793-5501/000-002 red End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-403 200 (8x25) 3-way 793-5501/000-005 2002-1792 100 (4x25) blue 2002-404 200 (8x25) orange 4-way 793-5501/000-006 2002-1791 100 (4x25) gray gray 2002-405 100 (4x25) 5-way 793-5501/000-007 orange 2002-406 100 (4x25) 6-way 793-5501/000-012 4-conductor carrier terminal block, light green 2002-407 100 (4x25) 7-way 793-5501/000-017 3 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 green 2002-408 100 (4x25) 8-way 793-5501/000-023 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in violet 2002-409 100 (4x25) 9-way 793-5501/000-024 2002-1861 50 gray 2002-410 100 (4x25) 10-way End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, 2002-1892 100 (4x25) orange IN 25 A, 2002-1891 100 (4x25) gray light gray 2002-433 200 (8x25) from 1 to 3 2-conductor carrier terminal block, 2002-434 200 (8x25) from 1 to 4 4 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² / AWG 22 - 12 2002-435 100 (4x25) from 1 to 5 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in 2002-436 100 (4x25) from 1 to 6 2002-1961 50 gray 2002-437 100 (4x25) from 1 to 7 End and intermediate plate, 1 mm thick 2002-438 100 (4x25) from 1 to 8 2002-1992 100 (4x25) orange 2002-439 100 (4x25) from 1 to 9 2002-1991 100 (4x25) gray from 1 to 10 2002-440 100 (4x25) Protective warning marker, Multi-purpose operating tool, with high-voltage symbol, black, for component plugs for 5 terminal blocks 2002-116 2002-115 100 (4x25) yellow Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 5 5 5 Technical Information 1 95 53,3 mm/2.1 in 1 1 2 3 4 <______________ 25,8‒27 ______________> Ø max.* * Ø max. 3.4 mm at 5.2 mm module width and * Ø max. 5.4 mm at 10.4 mm module width Notice: Reconnection only possible with similar or larger wire diameter. Smaller wire diameters must be soldered. Component plugs for building custom circuits. Solder-free assembly of diodes, resistors, etc. Picture shows 1N4007 diode. 1±0,075 <__ 5 __> Plugging a diode module into a through terminal block. Diode module inserted in a through terminal block. <___ 6 ___> <________________ 19 ±0,2 ________________> <____ When closing the cover, please insert cover as shown in the illustration. > max. 15,5 < <____ 6 ____> <_________ 12 +0,2 –0,1 _________> Dimensions of self-assembled PCBs Module height 2 mm at 5.2 mm module width and module height 3.3 mm at 10.4 mm module width Cutting component to the proper length. Pressing component into plug contact via operating tool. Pushing PCB into plug contact via operating tool. > Opening the cover via multi-purpose operating tool for component plugs. Ø 0,5‒1,1 _> <______ Application example showing a pluggable diode module. 1 96 TOPJOB® S Connectors and Connector Strips 2001/2002 Series 0.25 - 1.5 (2.5) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 14 500 V/6 kV/3 3 300 V, 15 AU IN 18 A 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 2 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 3 300 V, 20 AU IN 24 A Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in L 9 - 11 mm / 0.39 in 4 Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 4 Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 2001-511 1-pole Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 2002-511 100 (4x25) 1-pole Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2001-549 gray Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2002-549 100 (4x25) gray TOPJOB®S connector strip, for jumper contact slot, gray 2001-552 2-pole 2001-553 3-pole 2001-554 4-pole 2001-555 5-pole 2001-556 6-pole 2001-557 7-pole 2001-558 8-pole 2001-559 9-pole 2001-560 10-pole 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 TOPJOB®S connector strip, for jumper contact slot, gray 2002-552 2-pole 2002-553 3-pole 2002-554 4-pole 2002-555 5-pole 2002-556 6-pole 2002-557 7-pole 2002-558 8-pole 2002-559 9-pole 2002-560 10-pole Item-Specific Accessories Item-Specific Accessories End plate, End plate, Pack. Unit Test plug, 100 (4x25) with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø 210-137 yellow 50 Test plug, 100 (4x25) 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 10 for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 1.5 mm thick 1.5 mm thick 2002-541 100 (4x25) gray 2002-541 gray 100 (4x25) WMB Inline, plain, WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll 2009-114 1 white 2009-115 1 white WMB Multi marking system, WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm 793-4501 5 plain 793-5501 plain 5 WMB Multi marking system, plain, WMB Multi marking system, plain, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm 793-4501/000-002 yellow 793-5501/000-002 yellow 793-4501/000-005 red 793-5501/000-005 red 793-4501/000-006 blue 793-5501/000-006 blue 793-4501/000-007 gray 793-5501/000-007 gray 793-4501/000-012 orange 793-5501/000-012 orange 793-4501/000-017 light green 793-5501/000-017 light green 793-4501/000-023 green 793-5501/000-023 green 793-4501/000-024 violet 793-5501/000-024 violet 5 5 Miniature WSB Quick marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, 5 mm wide markers 5 plain 248-501 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 210-136 red Strain relief plate, gray 734-326 35 mm width 734-327 6 mm wide 12.5 mm width 734-328 734-329 25 mm wide Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, 50 m roll white 2009-110 50 100 100 100 100 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) 1 – Handling – TOPJOB®S Connectors S 1 97 1 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 2.5 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 1.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” Snapping connectors and spacer modules together to assemble a multipole connector. These modular connectors provide an additional connection option for conductors of the same cross section range as the terminal blocks being used. 2 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 3 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 4 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Conductor termination: – Using an operating tool for unferruled, fine-stranded conductors – Push-in connection of solid conductors The connectors have a test socket for 2 mm Ø or 2.3 mm Ø test plugs. Snapping on a strain relief plate. Rail-mounted terminal block assembly for electric motor wiring. 1 98 TOPJOB® S Connectors 4 (6) mm² 2004/2006/2010/2016 Series 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 500 V/6 kV/3 2 300 V, 30 AU IN 32 A 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 32 A 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 32 A Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 Item No. Pack. Unit Pack. Unit Item No. Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 2004-511 1-pole Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 100 (4x25) 2006-511 1-pole Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2004-549 gray Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 100 (4x25) 2006-549 gray TOPJOB®S connector strip, for jumper contact slot, gray 2004-552 2-pole 2004-553 3-pole 2004-554 4-pole 2004-555 5-pole 25 25 25 10 Item No. Pack. Unit 50 (2x25) Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 2010-511 1-pole 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2010-549 gray 50 (2x25) Item-Specific Accessories Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø 210-137 yellow 50 Accessories Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips (see Section 13) End plate, Test plug, Strain relief plate, gray 35 mm width for modular TOPJOB®S connectors, 6 mm wide 1.5 mm thick 2004-541 100 (4x25) 12.5 mm width gray 25 mm wide with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø 50 210-136 red Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. 734-326 734-327 734-328 734-329 100 100 100 100 Marking strip, plain, (4x25) 11 mm wide, (4x25) 50 m roll (4x25) white 2009-110 (4x25) WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 1 5 S 1 99 0.5 - 4 (6) mm² 1 AWG 20 - 10 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 32 A 1 Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in L 11 - 13 mm / 0.47 in 3 1 Conductor sizes: 0.5 mm² – 6 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 1 mm² – 6 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Item No. Pack. Unit Modular TOPJOB®S connector, for jumper contact slot, can be snapped together, gray 1-pole 2016-511 50 (2x25) Spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks gray 2016-549 50 (2x25) 1 100 ! TOPJOB® S L-Type Test Plug Modules for Testing Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks Terminal Block Width 5.2 mm via Conductor Wire Opening, 2002 Series 0.25 - 2.5 (4) mm² 1 AWG 22 - 12 500 V/6 kV/3 2 IN 18 A Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in L 10 - 12 mm / 0.43 in 3 TOPJOB®S L-type test plug assembly consisting of: L-test plug modules and spacer modules 1 Conductor sizes: 0.25 mm² – 4 mm² “s + f-st”; Push-in conductor sizes: 0.75 mm² – 4 mm² “s” and 0.75 mm² – 2.5 mm² “insulated ferrule, 12 mm” 2 500 V = rated voltage 6 kV = rated surge voltage 3 = pollution degree (see Section 14) 3 Strip length, see packaging or instructions. Item No. Pack. Unit TOPJOB®S L-test plug module, can be snapped together, gray According to EN 61984, connectors without current interrupting capacity shall not be mated and unmated when live or under load. 2002-611 1-pole 100 (4x25) TOPJOB®S L-type spacer module, can be snapped together, e.g., for bridging commoned terminal blocks 2002-649 gray L-type test plug modules fitted in a triple-deck terminal block 100 (4x25) Accessories L-Type Test Plug Modules Appropriate marking systems: WMB/Marking strips/WMB Inline End plate, for modular TOPJOB®S test plugs, 1.5 mm thick gray 2002-641 100 (4x25) Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2 mm Ø red 210-136 50 Test plug, with 500 mm cable, 2.3 mm Ø yellow 210-137 Strain relief plate, gray 35 mm width 734-326 6 mm wide 734-327 12.5 mm width 734-328 25 mm wide 734-329 50 100 100 100 100 (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) (4x25) WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll white 2009-115 WMB Multi marking system, 10 strips with 10 markers per card, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm plain 793-5501 L-type test plug module, cross-sectional view of contact 1 5 Certification organizations can be found in the overview on pages 622 and 623. TOPJOB® S Adjacent Jumpers for Continuous Commoning and Colored Push-In Type Jumper Bars, 2002 Series Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning Push-in type jumper bar 1 101 Push-in type jumper bar 1 Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Adjacent jumper for continuous commoning, insulatPush-in type jumper bar, insulated, ed, IN 25 A, red IN 25 A, light gray 100 (4x25) 2002-400 2002-402/000-005 2-way 2-way 2002-403/000-005 3-way 2002-404/000-005 4-way Item No. Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 25 A, blue 2-way 2002-402/000-006 3-way 2002-403/000-006 4-way 2002-404/000-006 200 (8x25) 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 2002-405/000-005 2002-406/000-005 2002-407/000-005 2002-408/000-005 2002-409/000-005 2002-410/000-005 200 (8x25) 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 2002-405/000-006 2002-406/000-006 2002-407/000-006 2002-408/000-006 2002-409/000-006 2002-410/000-006 100 (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 14 A, red 2000-402/000-005 2-way 2000-403/000-005 3-way 2000-404/000-005 4-way 100 (4x25) Push-in type jumper bar, insulated, IN 14 A, blue 2000-402/000-006 2-way 2000-403/000-006 3-way 2000-404/000-006 4-way 200 (8x25) 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 2000-405/000-005 2000-406/000-005 2000-407/000-005 2000-408/000-005 2000-409/000-005 2000-410/000-005 200 (8x25) 5-way 6-way 7-way 8-way 9-way 10-way 100 (4x25) Adjacent jumpers for continuous commoning Pack. Unit Colored push-in type jumper bars are used with sensor terminal blocks. 2000-405/000-006 2000-406/000-006 2000-407/000-006 2000-408/000-006 2000-409/000-006 2000-410/000-006 100 (4x25) 1 TOPJOB® S Push-In Type Wire Jumpers 102 Push-in type wire jumper Push-in type wire jumper IN 9 A Conductor size 0.75 mm² IN 18 A Conductor size 1.5 mm² Item No. Pack. Unit Item No. Pack. Unit Push-in type wire jumper, insulated, conductor cross section 0.75 mm², suitable for 2000 and 2020 Series rail-mounted terminal blocks L = 60 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-402 L = 110 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-404 L = 250 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-406 Push-in type wire jumper, insulated, conductor cross section 1.5 mm², suitable for 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2022 Series rail-mounted terminal blocks L = 60 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-412 L = 110 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-414 L = 250 mm 100 (10x10) 2009-416 Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted. Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring. Push down the wire jumper until fully inserted. Lift the jumper with an operating tool for rewiring. TOPJOB® S Star Point Jumpers and Delta Jumpers 1 103 Star point jumper 800 V/8 kV/3 IN = IN terminal block Item No. Pack. Unit Star point jumper, insulated, 1-3-5, light gray 2000-405/011-000 2001-405/011-000 2002-405/011-000 2004-405/011-000 2006-405/011-000 2010-405/011-000 2016-405/011-000 Delta jumper 800 V/8 kV/3 IN = IN terminal block Item No. 1 Pack. Unit Delta jumper, insulated, 1-2 3-4 5-6, light gray 100 (4x25) 2000-406/020-000 2001-406/020-000 2002-406/020-000 2004-406/020-000 100 (4x25) 50 (2x25) This jumper has been specially developed to create a “star point” and is used on motor terminal boards equipped with TOPJOB®S rail-mount terminal blocks. This jumper has been specially developed to create a “delta” configuration and is used on motor terminal boards equipped with TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal blocks. 1 104 TOPJOB® S Staggered Jumpers 2002 Series Staggered jumper 400 V/6 kV/3 IN 25 A Staggered jumper with 7 contacts Breaking off contact lugs – Individual jumper contacts can be broken off by bending them. The remaining piece of insulation will meet requirements for clearances and creepage distances. Item No. Insert staggered jumper Push staggered jumper down until fully inserted. Pack. Unit Staggered jumper, insulated, suitable for 2002, 2003 and 2022 Series rail-mounted terminal blocks, light gray 100 (4x25) 2-way 2002-472 100 (4x25) 3-way 2002-473 100 (4x25) 4-way 2002-474 50 (2x25) 5-way 2002-475 50 (2x25) 6-way 2002-476 50 (2x25) 7-way 2002-477 50 (2x25) 8-way 2002-478 50 (2x25) Staggered jumper 1 – 3 – 5 – 7 9-way 2002-479 50 (2x25) Marking with a felt-tip pen. 10-way 2002-480 50 (2x25) 11-way 2002-481 50 (2x25) 12-way 2002-482 Locate red stripes of the staggered jumpers on the inside Commoning using staggered jumpers Individual jumper contacts can be broken off by bending them. The remaining piece of insulation will meet the requirements for clearances and creepage distances. This makes it possible to create custom staggered jumpers, e.g. for bridging over a terminal block with a different potential. When creating the jumpers, ensure only one contact lug is in contact with the terminal block. The contact lugs of the customized staggered jumpers contact the terminal blocks via the gaps created in the second jumper. Insert and press jumper into the jumper slot until it hits the backstop. Jumpers staggered in a jumper slot Custom staggered jumpers can be created, e.g., for bridging over a terminal block with a different potential. Make sure only one contact lug is in contact with the terminal block. That way, staggered jumpers are created with contact lugs that will make contact to the terminal block in the gaps of the second jumper. Insert the ready-made jumper assembly into the jumper slot until it hits the stop. Staggered jumpers for sophisticated circuit requirements. Staggered jumper removal Insert the operating tool between the jumpers and lift up the jumper. TOPJOB® S Vertical Jumpers 2000 and 2002 Series Double-deck vertical jumper 500 V/6 kV/3 IN 13.5 A Item No. 2000-492 Double-deck vertical jumper, inserted. 105 Double-deck vertical jumper 500 V/6 kV/3 IN 24 A Pack. Unit Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated light gray 1 Item No. Triple-deck vertical jumper 500 V/6 kV/3 IN 24 A Pack. Unit Double-deck vertical jumper, insulated 100 (4x25) light gray orange 2002-492 2002-492/000-012 Double-deck vertical jumper, inserted. Item No. 1 Pack. Unit Triple-deck vertical jumper, insulated 100 (4x25) 100 (4x25) light gray 2002-493 Triple-deck vertical jumper, inserted. 100 (4x25) 1 TOPJOB® S Disconnect Plugs for Carrier Terminal Blocks 106 Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks 400 V/6 kV/3 IN 10 A Item No. Pack. Unit Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks 800 V/8 kV/3 IN 30 A Item No. Pack. Unit Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited Disconnect plug for carrier terminal blocks, suited when using a carrier terminal block as disconnect terminal when using a carrier terminal block as disconnect terminal block block orange 100 (4x25) orange 100 (4x25) 2002-401 2006-401 Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in operating position. Carrier terminal block with disconnect plug in parked position. TOPJOB® S Lockout Caps 1 107 Lockout cap 1 Item No. Pack. Unit Lockout cap, for conductor entry hole and operating slot gray 2006-191 25 Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006 Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks. Lockout cap for covering unused clamping units of 2006 Series TOPJOB®S terminal blocks. 1 TOPJOB® S WMB Inline, Mini-WSB Inline and Marking Strips 108 WMB Inline Mini-WSB Inline Marking strip Similiar to picture Item No. Pack. Unit WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,500 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-115 white 1 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 8,000 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-135 white 1 WMB Inline, plain, stretchable 4 - 4.2 mm, 2,000 WMB markers, 4 mm, on roll 2009-114 white 1 WMB Inline 2009-115 markers for 5 - 5.2 mm wide terminal blocks compared to 2009-114 markers for 4 - 4.2 mm wide terminal blocks Item No. Mini-WSB Inline, plain, stretchable 5 - 5.2 mm, 1,700 WMB markers, 5 mm, on roll 2009-145 white WMB Inline WMB markers on roll Pack. Unit 1 Item No. Marking strip, plain, 11 mm wide, white 50 m roll 2009-110 Marker strips for center marking Pack. Unit 1 TOPJOB® S Group Marker Carriers and Marker Carriers 1 109 Group marker carrier Marker carrier 1 This pivoting group marker carrier has been developed for group marking of rail-mount terminal blocks to satisfy several customer requirements: · Can be used in all multiprofile marker slots for rail-mount terminal bocks from 5 mm on or in spacer housings as shown above. · Improves marking visibility due to difficult mounting conditions by pivoting into one of seven stable positions. Pack. Unit Item No. TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, gray 5 mm wide 2009-191 10 mm wide 2009-192 15 mm wide 2009-193 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) 50 (2x25) TOPJOB®S group marker carrier, snap-on type for jumper slot, gray 10 mm wide 2009-196 50 (2x25) Item No. Marker carrier, for jumper slots 2002 Series, 5 mm wide gray 2002-161 Pack. Unit 100 (4x25) Marking strip carriers for use in jumper slots > __ __ __ __ _ Level a 5_ _3 __ __ _ _ __ < <_ 11* _> Level b * from upper-edge of terminal block Item No. Pack. Unit Pivoting group marker carrier gray 249-105 Marker card, 4 x 30 markers per sheet white 209-183 Protection cover transparent 209-184 50 (2x25) 1 50 Item No. Marker carrier, for lateral marker receptacle, 5 mm wide gray 2009-198 Pack. Unit 200 (8x25) Marking strip carriers for use in lateral marker slots Variocrimp 4 crimping tool for insulated and uninsulated ferrules 0.25 mm² - 4 mm²/AWG 24 - 12 Ferrule, insulated, tin-plated, electrolytic copper, gastight crimped Variocrimp 16 crimping tool for insulated and uninsulated ferrules 6 mm² - 16 mm²/AWG 10 - 6 <__ D1 __> <____ D ____> 110 <D2> 1 TOPJOB® S Ferrules for Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks and Crimping Tools <_______ L1 _______> <_______________ L ______________> Item No. Pack. Unit Ferrule, insulated, according to DIN 46228, part 4/09.90 white gray gray red red black black black blue blue blue gray gray yellow yellow blue blue 216-241 216-242 216-262 216-243 216-263 216-244 216-264 216-284 216-246 216-266 216-286 216-267 216-287 216-208 216-288 216-289 216-210 Item No. Pack. Unit Variocrimp 4 crimping tool, 0.25 mm² - 4 mm²/AWG 24 - 12 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 100 500 500 100 206-204 Item No. Pack. Unit Variocrimp 16 crimping tool, 6 mm² - 16 mm²/AWG 10 - 6 1 206-216 1 Ferrules Technical Data Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 0.5 mm²/AWG 22, 12 mm strip length, L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm, D: 3.1 mm, D1: 2.6 mm, D2: 1 mm 216-241 white Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 1 mm²/AWG 18, 12 mm strip length, L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm, D: 3.5 mm, D1: 3 mm, D2: 1.4 mm 216-243 red Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16, 14 mm strip length, L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm 216-264 black Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 0.75 mm²/AWG 20, 12 mm strip length, L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm, D: 3.3 mm, D1: 2.8 mm, D2: 1.2 mm 216-242 gray Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 1 mm²/AWG 18, 14 mm strip length, L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 3.5 mm, D1: 3 mm, D2: 1.4 mm 216-263 red Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16, 20 mm strip length, L: 24 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm 216-284 black Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 0.75 mm²/AWG 20, 14 mm strip length, L: 18 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 3.3 mm, D1: 2.8 mm, D2: 1.2 mm 216-262 gray Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 1.5 mm²/AWG 16, 12 mm strip length, L: 16 mm, L1: 10 mm, D: 4 mm, D1: 3.5 mm, D2: 1.7 mm 216-244 black Ferrule, insulated, sleeve for 2.5 mm²/AWG 14, 12 mm strip length, L: 17 mm, L1: 10 mm, D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm blue 216-246 1 111 Insert ferruled conductor into crimping station. Squeeze handles until ratchet mechanism is released. Application notes: · With “Variocrimp 4,” the built-in crimping pressure control automatically adjusts force to the conductor cross section used. With “Variocrimp 16,” it is necessary to select the wire gauge on the tool before crimping. · Only one crimping station is needed to handle the specified conductor size range. · Uniform compact crimping from all four sides for high conductor retention. · No need to center the conductor into the ferrule. · Conductor and ferrule insertion possible from both sides (for left- and right-handers). · Built-in ratchet mechanism ensures gastight crimp connection. · Crimping tools open automatically after crimping operation is complete. · Comfortable handles for operator. Ferrules Technical Data Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 2.5 mm² / AWG 14, 20 mm strip length, L: 25 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm blue 216-286 Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 16 mm² / AWG 6, 23 mm strip length, L: 29 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 9.6 mm, D1: 8.8 mm, D2: 5.8 mm blue 216-210 Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 4 mm² / AWG 12, 14 mm strip length, L: 20 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 5.4 mm, D1: 4.8 mm, D2: 2.8 mm gray 216-267 Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 4 mm² / AWG 12, 20 mm strip length, L: 26 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 5.4 mm, D1: 4.8 mm, D2: 2.8 mm gray 216-287 Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 6 mm² / AWG 10, 14 mm strip length, L: 20 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 6.8 mm, D1: 6.2 mm, D2: 3.5 mm yellow 216-208 Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 6 mm² / AWG 10, 20 mm strip length, L: 26 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 6.9 mm, D1: 6.3 mm, D2: 3.5 mm yellow 216-288 Stranded conductors with ferrules from at least two sizes below the rated cross section up to the rated cross section can be simply pushed in – without tools. <__ D1 __> <____ D ____> Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 10 mm² / AWG 8, 20 mm strip length, L: 28 mm, L1: 18 mm, D: 8.4 mm, D1: 7.6 mm, D2: 4.5 mm blue 216-289 <D2> Ferrule, insulated, Sleeve for 2.5 mm² / AWG 14, 14 mm strip length, L: 19 mm, L1: 12 mm, D: 4.7 mm, D1: 4.2 mm, D2: 2.2 mm 216-266 blue <_______ L1 _______> <_______________ L ______________> For dimensions of insulated ferrules, see technical data. 1
Similar documents
2016 Roster of Licensees PDF
Professional Engineers .................................................................................................................................................................................
More informationtopjob - SLO Latvia
and socket principle. Each terminal block is spring loaded with a double socket and a resilient CrNi steel spring. The jumper contact is pure electrolytic copper, which allows for an extremely smal...
More informationTOPJOB®@ Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004
gray 2009-174 100 (4x25) Suitable for Ex i applications Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2/AWG 14 gray 2009-182 100 (4x25)
More information